test/he3pg
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://gitee.com/he3db/he3pg.git synced 2024-11-29 10:47:56 +08:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

init commit based 0.6.0

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
peitingwei 2022-08-31 15:03:14 +08:00
commit 3fd68f0b03
5972 changed files with 3442401 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

23
COPYRIGHT Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
PostgreSQL Database Management System
(formerly known as Postgres, then as Postgres95)
Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this
paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS
DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO
PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.

143
GNUmakefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
#
# PostgreSQL top level makefile
#
# GNUmakefile.in
#
subdir =
top_builddir = .
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
$(call recurse,all install,src config)
docs:
$(MAKE) -C doc all
$(call recurse,world,doc src config contrib,all)
# build src/ before contrib/
world-contrib-recurse: world-src-recurse
$(call recurse,world-bin,src config contrib,all)
# build src/ before contrib/
world-bin-contrib-recurse: world-bin-src-recurse
html man:
$(MAKE) -C doc $@
install-docs:
$(MAKE) -C doc install
$(call recurse,install-world,doc src config contrib,install)
# build src/ before contrib/
install-world-contrib-recurse: install-world-src-recurse
$(call recurse,install-world-bin,src config contrib,install)
# build src/ before contrib/
install-world-bin-contrib-recurse: install-world-bin-src-recurse
$(call recurse,installdirs uninstall init-po update-po,doc src config)
$(call recurse,distprep coverage,doc src config contrib)
# clean, distclean, etc should apply to contrib too, even though
# it's not built by default
$(call recurse,clean,doc contrib src config)
clean:
rm -rf tmp_install/
# Garbage from autoconf:
@rm -rf autom4te.cache/
# Important: distclean `src' last, otherwise Makefile.global
# will be gone too soon.
distclean maintainer-clean:
$(MAKE) -C doc $@
$(MAKE) -C contrib $@
$(MAKE) -C config $@
$(MAKE) -C src $@
rm -rf tmp_install/
# Garbage from autoconf:
@rm -rf autom4te.cache/
rm -f config.cache config.log config.status GNUmakefile
check-tests: | temp-install
check check-tests installcheck installcheck-parallel installcheck-tests: CHECKPREP_TOP=src/test/regress
check check-tests installcheck installcheck-parallel installcheck-tests: submake-generated-headers
$(MAKE) -C src/test/regress $@
$(call recurse,check-world,src/test src/pl src/interfaces/ecpg contrib src/bin,check)
$(call recurse,checkprep, src/test src/pl src/interfaces/ecpg contrib src/bin)
$(call recurse,installcheck-world,src/test src/pl src/interfaces/ecpg contrib src/bin,installcheck)
$(call recurse,install-tests,src/test/regress,install-tests)
GNUmakefile: GNUmakefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
./config.status $@
update-unicode: | submake-generated-headers submake-libpgport
$(MAKE) -C src/common/unicode $@
$(MAKE) -C contrib/unaccent $@
##########################################################################
distdir = postgresql-$(VERSION)
dummy = =install=
dist: $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2
rm -rf $(distdir)
$(distdir).tar: distdir
$(TAR) chf $@ $(distdir)
.INTERMEDIATE: $(distdir).tar
distdir-location:
@echo $(distdir)
distdir:
rm -rf $(distdir)* $(dummy)
for x in `cd $(top_srcdir) && find . \( -name CVS -prune \) -o \( -name .git -prune \) -o -print`; do \
file=`expr X$$x : 'X\./\(.*\)'`; \
if test -d "$(top_srcdir)/$$file" ; then \
mkdir "$(distdir)/$$file" && chmod 777 "$(distdir)/$$file"; \
else \
ln "$(top_srcdir)/$$file" "$(distdir)/$$file" >/dev/null 2>&1 \
|| cp "$(top_srcdir)/$$file" "$(distdir)/$$file"; \
fi || exit; \
done
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir) distprep
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir)/doc/src/sgml/ INSTALL
cp $(distdir)/doc/src/sgml/INSTALL $(distdir)/
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir) distclean
rm -f $(distdir)/README.git
distcheck: dist
rm -rf $(dummy)
mkdir $(dummy)
$(GZIP) -d -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(TAR) xf -
install_prefix=`cd $(dummy) && pwd`; \
cd $(distdir) \
&& ./configure --prefix="$$install_prefix"
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir) -q distprep
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir)
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir) install
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir) uninstall
@echo "checking whether \`$(MAKE) uninstall' works"
test `find $(dummy) ! -type d | wc -l` -eq 0
$(MAKE) -C $(distdir) dist
# Room for improvement: Check here whether this distribution tarball
# is sufficiently similar to the original one.
rm -rf $(distdir) $(dummy)
@echo "Distribution integrity checks out."
headerscheck: submake-generated-headers
$(top_srcdir)/src/tools/pginclude/headerscheck $(top_srcdir) $(abs_top_builddir)
cpluspluscheck: submake-generated-headers
$(top_srcdir)/src/tools/pginclude/cpluspluscheck $(top_srcdir) $(abs_top_builddir)
.PHONY: dist distdir distcheck docs install-docs world check-world install-world installcheck-world headerscheck cpluspluscheck

5
HISTORY Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
Release notes for all versions of PostgreSQL can be found on-line at
https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/release.html
Distribution file sets include release notes for their version and preceding
versions. Visit the file doc/src/sgml/html/release.html in an HTML browser.

1576
INSTALL Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

127
LICENSE Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
木兰宽松许可证, 第2版
木兰宽松许可证， 第2版
2020年1月 http://license.coscl.org.cn/MulanPSL2
您对“软件”的复制、使用、修改及分发受木兰宽松许可证，第2版（“本许可证”）的如下条款的约束：
0. 定义
“软件”是指由“贡献”构成的许可在“本许可证”下的程序和相关文档的集合。
“贡献”是指由任一“贡献者”许可在“本许可证”下的受版权法保护的作品。
“贡献者”是指将受版权法保护的作品许可在“本许可证”下的自然人或“法人实体”。
“法人实体”是指提交贡献的机构及其“关联实体”。
“关联实体”是指，对“本许可证”下的行为方而言，控制、受控制或与其共同受控制的机构，此处的控制是指有受控方或共同受控方至少50%直接或间接的投票权、资金或其他有价证券。
1. 授予版权许可
每个“贡献者”根据“本许可证”授予您永久性的、全球性的、免费的、非独占的、不可撤销的版权许可，您可以复制、使用、修改、分发其“贡献”，不论修改与否。
2. 授予专利许可
每个“贡献者”根据“本许可证”授予您永久性的、全球性的、免费的、非独占的、不可撤销的（根据本条规定撤销除外）专利许可，供您制造、委托制造、使用、许诺销售、销售、进口其“贡献”或以其他方式转移其“贡献”。前述专利许可仅限于“贡献者”现在或将来拥有或控制的其“贡献”本身或其“贡献”与许可“贡献”时的“软件”结合而将必然会侵犯的专利权利要求，不包括对“贡献”的修改或包含“贡献”的其他结合。如果您或您的“关联实体”直接或间接地，就“软件”或其中的“贡献”对任何人发起专利侵权诉讼（包括反诉或交叉诉讼）或其他专利维权行动，指控其侵犯专利权，则“本许可证”授予您对“软件”的专利许可自您提起诉讼或发起维权行动之日终止。
3. 无商标许可
“本许可证”不提供对“贡献者”的商品名称、商标、服务标志或产品名称的商标许可，但您为满足第4条规定的声明义务而必须使用除外。
4. 分发限制
您可以在任何媒介中将“软件”以源程序形式或可执行形式重新分发，不论修改与否，但您必须向接收者提供“本许可证”的副本，并保留“软件”中的版权、商标、专利及免责声明。
5. 免责声明与责任限制
“软件”及其中的“贡献”在提供时不带任何明示或默示的担保。在任何情况下，“贡献者”或版权所有者不对任何人因使用“软件”或其中的“贡献”而引发的任何直接或间接损失承担责任，不论因何种原因导致或者基于何种法律理论，即使其曾被建议有此种损失的可能性。
6. 语言
“本许可证”以中英文双语表述，中英文版本具有同等法律效力。如果中英文版本存在任何冲突不一致，以中文版为准。
条款结束
如何将木兰宽松许可证，第2版，应用到您的软件
如果您希望将木兰宽松许可证，第2版，应用到您的新软件，为了方便接收者查阅，建议您完成如下三步：
1， 请您补充如下声明中的空白，包括软件名、软件的首次发表年份以及您作为版权人的名字；
2， 请您在软件包的一级目录下创建以“LICENSE”为名的文件，将整个许可证文本放入该文件中；
3， 请将如下声明文本放入每个源文件的头部注释中。
Copyright (c) [Year] [name of copyright holder]
[Software Name] is licensed under Mulan PSL v2.
You can use this software according to the terms and conditions of the Mulan PSL v2.
You may obtain a copy of Mulan PSL v2 at:
http://license.coscl.org.cn/MulanPSL2
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the Mulan PSL v2 for more details.
Mulan Permissive Software License，Version 2
Mulan Permissive Software License，Version 2 (Mulan PSL v2)
January 2020 http://license.coscl.org.cn/MulanPSL2
Your reproduction, use, modification and distribution of the Software shall be subject to Mulan PSL v2 (this License) with the following terms and conditions:
0. Definition
Software means the program and related documents which are licensed under this License and comprise all Contribution(s).
Contribution means the copyrightable work licensed by a particular Contributor under this License.
Contributor means the Individual or Legal Entity who licenses its copyrightable work under this License.
Legal Entity means the entity making a Contribution and all its Affiliates.
Affiliates means entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with the acting entity under this License, ‘control’ means direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power, capital or other securities of controlled or commonly controlled entity.
1. Grant of Copyright License
Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to you a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, use, modify, or distribute its Contribution, with modification or not.
2. Grant of Patent License
Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to you a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, irrevocable (except for revocation under this Section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, import or otherwise transfer its Contribution, where such patent license is only limited to the patent claims owned or controlled by such Contributor now or in future which will be necessarily infringed by its Contribution alone, or by combination of the Contribution with the Software to which the Contribution was contributed. The patent license shall not apply to any modification of the Contribution, and any other combination which includes the Contribution. If you or your Affiliates directly or indirectly institute patent litigation (including a cross claim or counterclaim in a litigation) or other patent enforcement activities against any individual or entity by alleging that the Software or any Contribution in it infringes patents, then any patent license granted to you under this License for the Software shall terminate as of the date such litigation or activity is filed or taken.
3. No Trademark License
No trademark license is granted to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of Contributor, except as required to fulfill notice requirements in Section 4.
4. Distribution Restriction
You may distribute the Software in any medium with or without modification, whether in source or executable forms, provided that you provide recipients with a copy of this License and retain copyright, patent, trademark and disclaimer statements in the Software.
5. Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of Liability
THE SOFTWARE AND CONTRIBUTION IN IT ARE PROVIDED WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY CONTRIBUTOR OR COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY DIRECT, OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM YOUR USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR THE CONTRIBUTION IN IT, NO MATTER HOW IT’S CAUSED OR BASED ON WHICH LEGAL THEORY, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
6. Language
THIS LICENSE IS WRITTEN IN BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH, AND THE CHINESE VERSION AND ENGLISH VERSION SHALL HAVE THE SAME LEGAL EFFECT. IN THE CASE OF DIVERGENCE BETWEEN THE CHINESE AND ENGLISH VERSIONS, THE CHINESE VERSION SHALL PREVAIL.
END OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply the Mulan Permissive Software License，Version 2 (Mulan PSL v2) to Your Software
To apply the Mulan PSL v2 to your work, for easy identification by recipients, you are suggested to complete following three steps:
i Fill in the blanks in following statement, including insert your software name, the year of the first publication of your software, and your name identified as the copyright owner;
ii Create a file named “LICENSE” which contains the whole context of this License in the first directory of your software package;
iii Attach the statement to the appropriate annotated syntax at the beginning of each source file.
Copyright (c) [Year] [name of copyright holder]
[Software Name] is licensed under Mulan PSL v2.
You can use this software according to the terms and conditions of the Mulan PSL v2.
You may obtain a copy of Mulan PSL v2 at:
http://license.coscl.org.cn/MulanPSL2
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the Mulan PSL v2 for more details.

41
Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
# The PostgreSQL make files exploit features of GNU make that other
# makes do not have. Because it is a common mistake for users to try
# to build Postgres with a different make, we have this make file
# that, as a service, will look for a GNU make and invoke it, or show
# an error message if none could be found.
# If the user were using GNU make now, this file would not get used
# because GNU make uses a make file named "GNUmakefile" in preference
# to "Makefile" if it exists. PostgreSQL is shipped with a
# "GNUmakefile". If the user hasn't run the configure script yet, the
# GNUmakefile won't exist yet, so we catch that case as well.
# AIX make defaults to building *every* target of the first rule. Start with
# a single-target, empty rule to make the other targets non-default.
all:
all check install installdirs installcheck installcheck-parallel uninstall clean distclean maintainer-clean dist distcheck world check-world install-world installcheck-world:
@if [ ! -f GNUmakefile ] ; then \
echo "You need to run the 'configure' program first. See the file"; \
echo "'INSTALL' for installation instructions." ; \
false ; \
fi
@IFS=':' ; \
for dir in $$PATH; do \
for prog in gmake gnumake make; do \
if [ -f $$dir/$$prog ] && ( $$dir/$$prog -f /dev/null --version 2>/dev/null | grep GNU >/dev/null 2>&1 ) ; then \
GMAKE=$$dir/$$prog; \
break 2; \
fi; \
done; \
done; \
\
if [ x"$${GMAKE+set}" = xset ]; then \
echo "Using GNU make found at $${GMAKE}"; \
unset MAKELEVEL; \
$${GMAKE} $@ ; \
else \
echo "You must use GNU make to build PostgreSQL." ; \
false; \
fi

27
README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
PostgreSQL Database Management System
=====================================
This directory contains the source code distribution of the PostgreSQL
database management system.
PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system
that supports an extended subset of the SQL standard, including
transactions, foreign keys, subqueries, triggers, user-defined types
and functions. This distribution also contains C language bindings.
PostgreSQL has many language interfaces, many of which are listed here:
https://www.postgresql.org/download/
See the file INSTALL for instructions on how to build and install
PostgreSQL. That file also lists supported operating systems and
hardware platforms and contains information regarding any other
software packages that are required to build or run the PostgreSQL
system. Copyright and license information can be found in the
file COPYRIGHT. A comprehensive documentation set is included in this
distribution; it can be read as described in the installation
instructions.
The latest version of this software may be obtained at
https://www.postgresql.org/download/. For more information look at our
web site located at https://www.postgresql.org/.

14
aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
dnl aclocal.m4
m4_include([config/ac_func_accept_argtypes.m4])
m4_include([config/ax_pthread.m4])
m4_include([config/c-compiler.m4])
m4_include([config/c-library.m4])
m4_include([config/check_decls.m4])
m4_include([config/general.m4])
m4_include([config/libtool.m4])
m4_include([config/llvm.m4])
m4_include([config/perl.m4])
m4_include([config/pkg.m4])
m4_include([config/programs.m4])
m4_include([config/python.m4])
m4_include([config/tcl.m4])

17
config/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
# config/Makefile
subdir = config
top_builddir = ..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
install: all installdirs
$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/install-sh '$(DESTDIR)$(pgxsdir)/config/install-sh'
$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/missing '$(DESTDIR)$(pgxsdir)/config/missing'
installdirs:
$(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pgxsdir)/config'
uninstall:
rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pgxsdir)/config/install-sh'
rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pgxsdir)/config/missing'

78
config/ac_func_accept_argtypes.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
# config/ac_func_accept_argtypes.m4
# This comes from the official Autoconf macro archive at
# <http://research.cys.de/autoconf-archive/>
dnl @synopsis AC_FUNC_ACCEPT_ARGTYPES
dnl
dnl Checks the data types of the three arguments to accept(). Results are
dnl placed into the symbols ACCEPT_TYPE_RETURN and ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG[123],
dnl consistent with the following example:
dnl
dnl #define ACCEPT_TYPE_RETURN int
dnl #define ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG1 int
dnl #define ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG2 struct sockaddr *
dnl #define ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 socklen_t
dnl
dnl NOTE: This is just a modified version of the AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
dnl macro. Credit for that one goes to David MacKenzie et. al.
dnl
dnl @version $Id: ac_func_accept_argtypes.m4,v 1.1 1999/12/03 11:29:29 simons Exp $
dnl @author Daniel Richard G. <skunk@mit.edu>
dnl
# PostgreSQL local changes: In the original version ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3
# is a pointer type. That's kind of useless because then you can't
# use the macro to define a corresponding variable. We also make the
# reasonable(?) assumption that you can use arg3 for getsocktype etc.
# as well (i.e., anywhere POSIX.2 has socklen_t).
#
# arg2 can also be `const' (e.g., RH 4.2). Change the order of tests
# for arg3 so that `int' is first, in case there is no prototype at all.
#
# Solaris 7 and 8 have arg3 as 'void *' (disguised as 'Psocklen_t'
# which is *not* 'socklen_t *'). If we detect that, then we assume
# 'int' as the result, because that ought to work best.
#
# On Win32, accept() returns 'unsigned int PASCAL'
# Win64 uses SOCKET for return and arg1
AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_ACCEPT_ARGTYPES],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([types of arguments for accept()])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_func_accept_return,dnl
[AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_func_accept_arg1,dnl
[AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_func_accept_arg2,dnl
[AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_func_accept_arg3,dnl
[for ac_cv_func_accept_return in 'int' 'SOCKET WSAAPI' 'unsigned int PASCAL'; do
for ac_cv_func_accept_arg1 in 'int' 'SOCKET' 'unsigned int'; do
for ac_cv_func_accept_arg2 in 'struct sockaddr *' 'const struct sockaddr *' 'void *'; do
for ac_cv_func_accept_arg3 in 'int' 'size_t' 'socklen_t' 'unsigned int' 'void'; do
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
extern $ac_cv_func_accept_return accept ($ac_cv_func_accept_arg1, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg2, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg3 *);])],
[ac_not_found=no; break 4], [ac_not_found=yes])
done
done
done
done
if test "$ac_not_found" = yes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([could not determine argument types])
fi
if test "$ac_cv_func_accept_arg3" = "void"; then
ac_cv_func_accept_arg3=int
fi
])dnl AC_CACHE_VAL
])dnl AC_CACHE_VAL
])dnl AC_CACHE_VAL
])dnl AC_CACHE_VAL
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_cv_func_accept_return, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg1, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg2, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg3 *])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ACCEPT_TYPE_RETURN, $ac_cv_func_accept_return,
[Define to the return type of 'accept'])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG1, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg1,
[Define to the type of arg 1 of 'accept'])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG2, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg2,
[Define to the type of arg 2 of 'accept'])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3, $ac_cv_func_accept_arg3,
[Define to the type of arg 3 of 'accept'])
])

485
config/ax_pthread.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
# ===========================================================================
# https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_pthread.html
# ===========================================================================
#
# SYNOPSIS
#
# AX_PTHREAD([ACTION-IF-FOUND[, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]])
#
# DESCRIPTION
#
# This macro figures out how to build C programs using POSIX threads. It
# sets the PTHREAD_LIBS output variable to the threads library and linker
# flags, and the PTHREAD_CFLAGS output variable to any special C compiler
# flags that are needed. (The user can also force certain compiler
# flags/libs to be tested by setting these environment variables.)
#
# Also sets PTHREAD_CC to any special C compiler that is needed for
# multi-threaded programs (defaults to the value of CC otherwise). (This
# is necessary on AIX to use the special cc_r compiler alias.)
#
# NOTE: You are assumed to not only compile your program with these flags,
# but also to link with them as well. For example, you might link with
# $PTHREAD_CC $CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS $LDFLAGS ... $PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS
#
# If you are only building threaded programs, you may wish to use these
# variables in your default LIBS, CFLAGS, and CC:
#
# LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
# CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
# CC="$PTHREAD_CC"
#
# In addition, if the PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE thread-attribute constant
# has a nonstandard name, this macro defines PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE to
# that name (e.g. PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED on AIX).
#
# Also HAVE_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT is defined if pthread is found and the
# PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT symbol is defined when compiling with
# PTHREAD_CFLAGS.
#
# ACTION-IF-FOUND is a list of shell commands to run if a threads library
# is found, and ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND is a list of commands to run it if it
# is not found. If ACTION-IF-FOUND is not specified, the default action
# will define HAVE_PTHREAD.
#
# Please let the authors know if this macro fails on any platform, or if
# you have any other suggestions or comments. This macro was based on work
# by SGJ on autoconf scripts for FFTW (http://www.fftw.org/) (with help
# from M. Frigo), as well as ac_pthread and hb_pthread macros posted by
# Alejandro Forero Cuervo to the autoconf macro repository. We are also
# grateful for the helpful feedback of numerous users.
#
# Updated for Autoconf 2.68 by Daniel Richard G.
#
# LICENSE
#
# Copyright (c) 2008 Steven G. Johnson <stevenj@alum.mit.edu>
# Copyright (c) 2011 Daniel Richard G. <skunk@iSKUNK.ORG>
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
# option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
# Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# As a special exception, the respective Autoconf Macro's copyright owner
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify the configure
# scripts that are the output of Autoconf when processing the Macro. You
# need not follow the terms of the GNU General Public License when using
# or distributing such scripts, even though portions of the text of the
# Macro appear in them. The GNU General Public License (GPL) does govern
# all other use of the material that constitutes the Autoconf Macro.
#
# This special exception to the GPL applies to versions of the Autoconf
# Macro released by the Autoconf Archive. When you make and distribute a
# modified version of the Autoconf Macro, you may extend this special
# exception to the GPL to apply to your modified version as well.
#serial 24
AU_ALIAS([ACX_PTHREAD], [AX_PTHREAD])
AC_DEFUN([AX_PTHREAD], [
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_SED])
AC_LANG_PUSH([C])
ax_pthread_ok=no
# We used to check for pthread.h first, but this fails if pthread.h
# requires special compiler flags (e.g. on Tru64 or Sequent).
# It gets checked for in the link test anyway.
# First of all, check if the user has set any of the PTHREAD_LIBS,
# etcetera environment variables, and if threads linking works using
# them:
if test "x$PTHREAD_CFLAGS$PTHREAD_LIBS" != "x"; then
ax_pthread_save_CC="$CC"
ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
ax_pthread_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
AS_IF([test "x$PTHREAD_CC" != "x"], [CC="$PTHREAD_CC"])
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for pthread_join using $CC $PTHREAD_CFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS])
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [pthread_join])], [ax_pthread_ok=yes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ax_pthread_ok])
if test "x$ax_pthread_ok" = "xno"; then
PTHREAD_LIBS=""
PTHREAD_CFLAGS=""
fi
CC="$ax_pthread_save_CC"
CFLAGS="$ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS"
LIBS="$ax_pthread_save_LIBS"
fi
# We must check for the threads library under a number of different
# names; the ordering is very important because some systems
# (e.g. DEC) have both -lpthread and -lpthreads, where one of the
# libraries is broken (non-POSIX).
# Create a list of thread flags to try. Items starting with a "-" are
# C compiler flags, and other items are library names, except for "none"
# which indicates that we try without any flags at all, and "pthread-config"
# which is a program returning the flags for the Pth emulation library.
ax_pthread_flags="pthreads none -Kthread -pthread -pthreads -mthreads pthread --thread-safe -mt pthread-config"
# The ordering *is* (sometimes) important. Some notes on the
# individual items follow:
# pthreads: AIX (must check this before -lpthread)
# none: in case threads are in libc; should be tried before -Kthread and
# other compiler flags to prevent continual compiler warnings
# -Kthread: Sequent (threads in libc, but -Kthread needed for pthread.h)
# -pthread: Linux/gcc (kernel threads), BSD/gcc (userland threads), Tru64
# (Note: HP C rejects this with "bad form for `-t' option")
# -pthreads: Solaris/gcc (Note: HP C also rejects)
# -mt: Sun Workshop C (may only link SunOS threads [-lthread], but it
# doesn't hurt to check since this sometimes defines pthreads and
# -D_REENTRANT too), HP C (must be checked before -lpthread, which
# is present but should not be used directly; and before -mthreads,
# because the compiler interprets this as "-mt" + "-hreads")
# -mthreads: Mingw32/gcc, Lynx/gcc
# pthread: Linux, etcetera
# --thread-safe: KAI C++
# pthread-config: use pthread-config program (for GNU Pth library)
case $host_os in
freebsd*)
# -kthread: FreeBSD kernel threads (preferred to -pthread since SMP-able)
# lthread: LinuxThreads port on FreeBSD (also preferred to -pthread)
ax_pthread_flags="-kthread lthread $ax_pthread_flags"
;;
hpux*)
# From the cc(1) man page: "[-mt] Sets various -D flags to enable
# multi-threading and also sets -lpthread."
ax_pthread_flags="-mt -pthread pthread $ax_pthread_flags"
;;
openedition*)
# IBM z/OS requires a feature-test macro to be defined in order to
# enable POSIX threads at all, so give the user a hint if this is
# not set. (We don't define these ourselves, as they can affect
# other portions of the system API in unpredictable ways.)
AC_EGREP_CPP([AX_PTHREAD_ZOS_MISSING],
[
# if !defined(_OPEN_THREADS) && !defined(_UNIX03_THREADS)
AX_PTHREAD_ZOS_MISSING
# endif
],
[AC_MSG_WARN([IBM z/OS requires -D_OPEN_THREADS or -D_UNIX03_THREADS to enable pthreads support.])])
;;
solaris*)
# On Solaris (at least, for some versions), libc contains stubbed
# (non-functional) versions of the pthreads routines, so link-based
# tests will erroneously succeed. (N.B.: The stubs are missing
# pthread_cleanup_push, or rather a function called by this macro,
# so we could check for that, but who knows whether they'll stub
# that too in a future libc.) So we'll check first for the
# standard Solaris way of linking pthreads (-mt -lpthread).
ax_pthread_flags="-mt,pthread pthread $ax_pthread_flags"
;;
esac
# GCC generally uses -pthread, or -pthreads on some platforms (e.g. SPARC)
AS_IF([test "x$GCC" = "xyes"],
[ax_pthread_flags="-pthread -pthreads $ax_pthread_flags"])
# The presence of a feature test macro requesting re-entrant function
# definitions is, on some systems, a strong hint that pthreads support is
# correctly enabled
case $host_os in
darwin* | hpux* | linux* | osf* | solaris*)
ax_pthread_check_macro="_REENTRANT"
;;
aix*)
ax_pthread_check_macro="_THREAD_SAFE"
;;
*)
ax_pthread_check_macro="--"
;;
esac
AS_IF([test "x$ax_pthread_check_macro" = "x--"],
[ax_pthread_check_cond=0],
[ax_pthread_check_cond="!defined($ax_pthread_check_macro)"])
# Are we compiling with Clang?
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $CC is Clang],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG=no
# Note that Autoconf sets GCC=yes for Clang as well as GCC
if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
AC_EGREP_CPP([AX_PTHREAD_CC_IS_CLANG],
[/* Note: Clang 2.7 lacks __clang_[a-z]+__ */
# if defined(__clang__) && defined(__llvm__)
AX_PTHREAD_CC_IS_CLANG
# endif
],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG=yes])
fi
])
ax_pthread_clang="$ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG"
ax_pthread_clang_warning=no
# Clang needs special handling, because older versions handle the -pthread
# option in a rather... idiosyncratic way
if test "x$ax_pthread_clang" = "xyes"; then
# Clang takes -pthread; it has never supported any other flag
# (Note 1: This will need to be revisited if a system that Clang
# supports has POSIX threads in a separate library. This tends not
# to be the way of modern systems, but it's conceivable.)
# (Note 2: On some systems, notably Darwin, -pthread is not needed
# to get POSIX threads support; the API is always present and
# active. We could reasonably leave PTHREAD_CFLAGS empty. But
# -pthread does define _REENTRANT, and while the Darwin headers
# ignore this macro, third-party headers might not.)
PTHREAD_CFLAGS="-pthread"
PTHREAD_LIBS=
ax_pthread_ok=yes
# However, older versions of Clang make a point of warning the user
# that, in an invocation where only linking and no compilation is
# taking place, the -pthread option has no effect ("argument unused
# during compilation"). They expect -pthread to be passed in only
# when source code is being compiled.
#
# Problem is, this is at odds with the way Automake and most other
# C build frameworks function, which is that the same flags used in
# compilation (CFLAGS) are also used in linking. Many systems
# supported by AX_PTHREAD require exactly this for POSIX threads
# support, and in fact it is often not straightforward to specify a
# flag that is used only in the compilation phase and not in
# linking. Such a scenario is extremely rare in practice.
#
# Even though use of the -pthread flag in linking would only print
# a warning, this can be a nuisance for well-run software projects
# that build with -Werror. So if the active version of Clang has
# this misfeature, we search for an option to squash it.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether Clang needs flag to prevent "argument unused" warning when linking with -pthread],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG_NO_WARN_FLAG],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG_NO_WARN_FLAG=unknown
# Create an alternate version of $ac_link that compiles and
# links in two steps (.c -> .o, .o -> exe) instead of one
# (.c -> exe), because the warning occurs only in the second
# step
ax_pthread_save_ac_link="$ac_link"
ax_pthread_sed='s/conftest\.\$ac_ext/conftest.$ac_objext/g'
ax_pthread_link_step=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed "$ax_pthread_sed"`
ax_pthread_2step_ac_link="($ac_compile) && (echo ==== >&5) && ($ax_pthread_link_step)"
ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
for ax_pthread_try in '' -Qunused-arguments -Wno-unused-command-line-argument unknown; do
AS_IF([test "x$ax_pthread_try" = "xunknown"], [break])
CFLAGS="-Werror -Wunknown-warning-option $ax_pthread_try -pthread $ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS"
ac_link="$ax_pthread_save_ac_link"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[int main(void){return 0;}]])],
[ac_link="$ax_pthread_2step_ac_link"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[int main(void){return 0;}]])],
[break])
])
done
ac_link="$ax_pthread_save_ac_link"
CFLAGS="$ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS"
AS_IF([test "x$ax_pthread_try" = "x"], [ax_pthread_try=no])
ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG_NO_WARN_FLAG="$ax_pthread_try"
])
case "$ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG_NO_WARN_FLAG" in
no | unknown) ;;
*) PTHREAD_CFLAGS="$ax_cv_PTHREAD_CLANG_NO_WARN_FLAG $PTHREAD_CFLAGS" ;;
esac
fi # $ax_pthread_clang = yes
if test "x$ax_pthread_ok" = "xno"; then
for ax_pthread_try_flag in $ax_pthread_flags; do
case $ax_pthread_try_flag in
none)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pthreads work without any flags])
;;
-mt,pthread)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pthreads work with -mt -lpthread])
PTHREAD_CFLAGS="-mt"
PTHREAD_LIBS="-lpthread"
;;
-*)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pthreads work with $ax_pthread_try_flag])
PTHREAD_CFLAGS="$ax_pthread_try_flag"
;;
pthread-config)
AC_CHECK_PROG([ax_pthread_config], [pthread-config], [yes], [no])
AS_IF([test "x$ax_pthread_config" = "xno"], [continue])
PTHREAD_CFLAGS="`pthread-config --cflags`"
PTHREAD_LIBS="`pthread-config --ldflags` `pthread-config --libs`"
;;
*)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for the pthreads library -l$ax_pthread_try_flag])
PTHREAD_LIBS="-l$ax_pthread_try_flag"
;;
esac
ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
ax_pthread_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
# Check for various functions. We must include pthread.h,
# since some functions may be macros. (On the Sequent, we
# need a special flag -Kthread to make this header compile.)
# We check for pthread_join because it is in -lpthread on IRIX
# while pthread_create is in libc. We check for pthread_attr_init
# due to DEC craziness with -lpthreads. We check for
# pthread_cleanup_push because it is one of the few pthread
# functions on Solaris that doesn't have a non-functional libc stub.
# We try pthread_create on general principles.
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <pthread.h>
# if $ax_pthread_check_cond
# error "$ax_pthread_check_macro must be defined"
# endif
static void routine(void *a) { a = 0; }
static void *start_routine(void *a) { return a; }],
[pthread_t th; pthread_attr_t attr;
pthread_create(&th, 0, start_routine, 0);
pthread_join(th, 0);
pthread_attr_init(&attr);
pthread_cleanup_push(routine, 0);
pthread_cleanup_pop(0) /* ; */])],
[ax_pthread_ok=yes],
[])
CFLAGS="$ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS"
LIBS="$ax_pthread_save_LIBS"
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ax_pthread_ok])
AS_IF([test "x$ax_pthread_ok" = "xyes"], [break])
PTHREAD_LIBS=""
PTHREAD_CFLAGS=""
done
fi
# Various other checks:
if test "x$ax_pthread_ok" = "xyes"; then
ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
ax_pthread_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
# Detect AIX lossage: JOINABLE attribute is called UNDETACHED.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for joinable pthread attribute],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_JOINABLE_ATTR],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_JOINABLE_ATTR=unknown
for ax_pthread_attr in PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED; do
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <pthread.h>],
[int attr = $ax_pthread_attr; return attr /* ; */])],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_JOINABLE_ATTR=$ax_pthread_attr; break],
[])
done
])
AS_IF([test "x$ax_cv_PTHREAD_JOINABLE_ATTR" != "xunknown" && \
test "x$ax_cv_PTHREAD_JOINABLE_ATTR" != "xPTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE" && \
test "x$ax_pthread_joinable_attr_defined" != "xyes"],
[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE],
[$ax_cv_PTHREAD_JOINABLE_ATTR],
[Define to necessary symbol if this constant
uses a non-standard name on your system.])
ax_pthread_joinable_attr_defined=yes
])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether more special flags are required for pthreads],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_SPECIAL_FLAGS],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_SPECIAL_FLAGS=no
case $host_os in
solaris*)
ax_cv_PTHREAD_SPECIAL_FLAGS="-D_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS"
;;
esac
])
AS_IF([test "x$ax_cv_PTHREAD_SPECIAL_FLAGS" != "xno" && \
test "x$ax_pthread_special_flags_added" != "xyes"],
[PTHREAD_CFLAGS="$ax_cv_PTHREAD_SPECIAL_FLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
ax_pthread_special_flags_added=yes])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT],
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <pthread.h>]],
[[int i = PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT;]])],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT=yes],
[ax_cv_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT=no])
])
AS_IF([test "x$ax_cv_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT" = "xyes" && \
test "x$ax_pthread_prio_inherit_defined" != "xyes"],
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT], [1], [Have PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT.])
ax_pthread_prio_inherit_defined=yes
])
CFLAGS="$ax_pthread_save_CFLAGS"
LIBS="$ax_pthread_save_LIBS"
# More AIX lossage: compile with *_r variant
if test "x$GCC" != "xyes"; then
case $host_os in
aix*)
AS_CASE(["x/$CC"],
[x*/c89|x*/c89_128|x*/c99|x*/c99_128|x*/cc|x*/cc128|x*/xlc|x*/xlc_v6|x*/xlc128|x*/xlc128_v6],
[#handle absolute path differently from PATH based program lookup
AS_CASE(["x$CC"],
[x/*],
[AS_IF([AS_EXECUTABLE_P([${CC}_r])],[PTHREAD_CC="${CC}_r"])],
[AC_CHECK_PROGS([PTHREAD_CC],[${CC}_r],[$CC])])])
;;
esac
fi
fi
test -n "$PTHREAD_CC" || PTHREAD_CC="$CC"
AC_SUBST([PTHREAD_LIBS])
AC_SUBST([PTHREAD_CFLAGS])
AC_SUBST([PTHREAD_CC])
# Finally, execute ACTION-IF-FOUND/ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND:
if test "x$ax_pthread_ok" = "xyes"; then
ifelse([$1],,[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD],[1],[Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files.])],[$1])
:
else
ax_pthread_ok=no
$2
fi
AC_LANG_POP
])dnl AX_PTHREAD

656
config/c-compiler.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,656 @@
# Macros to detect C compiler features
# config/c-compiler.m4
# PGAC_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE
# ---------------------
# Select the format archetype to be used by gcc to check printf-type functions.
# We prefer "gnu_printf", as that most closely matches the features supported
# by src/port/snprintf.c (particularly the %m conversion spec). However,
# on some NetBSD versions, that doesn't work while "__syslog__" does.
# If all else fails, use "printf".
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for printf format archetype], pgac_cv_printf_archetype,
[pgac_cv_printf_archetype=gnu_printf
PGAC_TEST_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE
if [[ "$ac_archetype_ok" = no ]]; then
pgac_cv_printf_archetype=__syslog__
PGAC_TEST_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE
if [[ "$ac_archetype_ok" = no ]]; then
pgac_cv_printf_archetype=printf
fi
fi])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PG_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE], [$pgac_cv_printf_archetype],
[Define to best printf format archetype, usually gnu_printf if available.])
])# PGAC_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE
# Subroutine: test $pgac_cv_printf_archetype, set $ac_archetype_ok to yes or no
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_TEST_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE],
[ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
ac_c_werror_flag=yes
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[extern void pgac_write(int ignore, const char *fmt,...)
__attribute__((format($pgac_cv_printf_archetype, 2, 3)));],
[pgac_write(0, "error %s: %m", "foo");])],
[ac_archetype_ok=yes],
[ac_archetype_ok=no])
ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
])# PGAC_TEST_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE
# PGAC_TYPE_64BIT_INT(TYPE)
# -------------------------
# Check if TYPE is a working 64 bit integer type. Set HAVE_TYPE_64 to
# yes or no respectively, and define HAVE_TYPE_64 if yes.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_TYPE_64BIT_INT],
[define([Ac_define], [translit([have_$1_64], [a-z *], [A-Z_P])])dnl
define([Ac_cachevar], [translit([pgac_cv_type_$1_64], [ *], [_p])])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is 64 bits], [Ac_cachevar],
[AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE(
[typedef $1 ac_int64;
/*
* These are globals to discourage the compiler from folding all the
* arithmetic tests down to compile-time constants.
*/
ac_int64 a = 20000001;
ac_int64 b = 40000005;
int does_int64_work()
{
ac_int64 c,d;
if (sizeof(ac_int64) != 8)
return 0; /* definitely not the right size */
/* Do perfunctory checks to see if 64-bit arithmetic seems to work */
c = a * b;
d = (c + b) / b;
if (d != a+1)
return 0;
return 1;
}
int
main() {
return (! does_int64_work());
}])],
[Ac_cachevar=yes],
[Ac_cachevar=no],
[# If cross-compiling, check the size reported by the compiler and
# trust that the arithmetic works.
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([], [sizeof($1) == 8])],
Ac_cachevar=yes,
Ac_cachevar=no)])])
Ac_define=$Ac_cachevar
if test x"$Ac_cachevar" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(Ac_define, 1, [Define to 1 if `]$1[' works and is 64 bits.])
fi
undefine([Ac_define])dnl
undefine([Ac_cachevar])dnl
])# PGAC_TYPE_64BIT_INT
# PGAC_TYPE_128BIT_INT
# --------------------
# Check if __int128 is a working 128 bit integer type, and if so
# define PG_INT128_TYPE to that typename, and define ALIGNOF_PG_INT128_TYPE
# as its alignment requirement.
#
# This currently only detects a GCC/clang extension, but support for other
# environments may be added in the future.
#
# For the moment we only test for support for 128bit math; support for
# 128bit literals and snprintf is not required.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_TYPE_128BIT_INT],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for __int128], [pgac_cv__128bit_int],
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
/*
* We don't actually run this test, just link it to verify that any support
* functions needed for __int128 are present.
*
* These are globals to discourage the compiler from folding all the
* arithmetic tests down to compile-time constants. We do not have
* convenient support for 128bit literals at this point...
*/
__int128 a = 48828125;
__int128 b = 97656250;
],[
__int128 c,d;
a = (a << 12) + 1; /* 200000000001 */
b = (b << 12) + 5; /* 400000000005 */
/* try the most relevant arithmetic ops */
c = a * b;
d = (c + b) / b;
/* must use the results, else compiler may optimize arithmetic away */
if (d != a+1)
return 1;
])],
[pgac_cv__128bit_int=yes],
[pgac_cv__128bit_int=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv__128bit_int" = xyes ; then
# Use of non-default alignment with __int128 tickles bugs in some compilers.
# If not cross-compiling, we can test for bugs and disable use of __int128
# with buggy compilers. If cross-compiling, hope for the best.
# https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=83925
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for __int128 alignment bug], [pgac_cv__128bit_int_bug],
[AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
/* This must match the corresponding code in c.h: */
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__IBMC__)
#define pg_attribute_aligned(a) __attribute__((aligned(a)))
#endif
typedef __int128 int128a
#if defined(pg_attribute_aligned)
pg_attribute_aligned(8)
#endif
;
int128a holder;
void pass_by_val(void *buffer, int128a par) { holder = par; }
],[
long int i64 = 97656225L << 12;
int128a q;
pass_by_val(main, (int128a) i64);
q = (int128a) i64;
if (q != holder)
return 1;
])],
[pgac_cv__128bit_int_bug=ok],
[pgac_cv__128bit_int_bug=broken],
[pgac_cv__128bit_int_bug="assuming ok"])])
if test x"$pgac_cv__128bit_int_bug" != xbroken ; then
AC_DEFINE(PG_INT128_TYPE, __int128, [Define to the name of a signed 128-bit integer type.])
AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF(PG_INT128_TYPE)
fi
fi])# PGAC_TYPE_128BIT_INT
# PGAC_C_FUNCNAME_SUPPORT
# -----------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __func__ (C99) or __FUNCTION__ (gcc).
# Define HAVE_FUNCNAME__FUNC or HAVE_FUNCNAME__FUNCTION accordingly.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_FUNCNAME_SUPPORT],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for __func__, pgac_cv_funcname_func_support,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <stdio.h>],
[printf("%s\n", __func__);])],
[pgac_cv_funcname_func_support=yes],
[pgac_cv_funcname_func_support=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_funcname_func_support" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FUNCNAME__FUNC, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands __func__.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for __FUNCTION__, pgac_cv_funcname_function_support,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <stdio.h>],
[printf("%s\n", __FUNCTION__);])],
[pgac_cv_funcname_function_support=yes],
[pgac_cv_funcname_function_support=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_funcname_function_support" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FUNCNAME__FUNCTION, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands __FUNCTION__.])
fi
fi])# PGAC_C_FUNCNAME_SUPPORT
# PGAC_C_STATIC_ASSERT
# --------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands _Static_assert(),
# and define HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT if so.
#
# We actually check the syntax ({ _Static_assert(...) }), because we need
# gcc-style compound expressions to be able to wrap the thing into macros.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_STATIC_ASSERT],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for _Static_assert, pgac_cv__static_assert,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[({ _Static_assert(1, "foo"); })])],
[pgac_cv__static_assert=yes],
[pgac_cv__static_assert=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv__static_assert" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands _Static_assert.])
fi])# PGAC_C_STATIC_ASSERT
# PGAC_C_TYPEOF
# -------------
# Check if the C compiler understands typeof or a variant. Define
# HAVE_TYPEOF if so, and define 'typeof' to the actual key word.
#
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_TYPEOF],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for typeof, pgac_cv_c_typeof,
[pgac_cv_c_typeof=no
for pgac_kw in typeof __typeof__ decltype; do
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[int x = 0;
$pgac_kw(x) y;
y = x;
return y;])],
[pgac_cv_c_typeof=$pgac_kw])
test "$pgac_cv_c_typeof" != no && break
done])
if test "$pgac_cv_c_typeof" != no; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPEOF, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands `typeof' or something similar.])
if test "$pgac_cv_c_typeof" != typeof; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(typeof, $pgac_cv_c_typeof, [Define to how the compiler spells `typeof'.])
fi
fi])# PGAC_C_TYPEOF
# PGAC_C_TYPES_COMPATIBLE
# -----------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __builtin_types_compatible_p,
# and define HAVE__BUILTIN_TYPES_COMPATIBLE_P if so.
#
# We check usage with __typeof__, though it's unlikely any compiler would
# have the former and not the latter.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_TYPES_COMPATIBLE],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for __builtin_types_compatible_p, pgac_cv__types_compatible,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[[ int x; static int y[__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(x), int)]; ]])],
[pgac_cv__types_compatible=yes],
[pgac_cv__types_compatible=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv__types_compatible" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE__BUILTIN_TYPES_COMPATIBLE_P, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands __builtin_types_compatible_p.])
fi])# PGAC_C_TYPES_COMPATIBLE
# PGAC_C_BUILTIN_CONSTANT_P
# -------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __builtin_constant_p(),
# and define HAVE__BUILTIN_CONSTANT_P if so.
# We need __builtin_constant_p("string literal") to be true, but some older
# compilers don't think that, so test for that case explicitly.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_BUILTIN_CONSTANT_P],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for __builtin_constant_p, pgac_cv__builtin_constant_p,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE(
[[static int x;
static int y[__builtin_constant_p(x) ? x : 1];
static int z[__builtin_constant_p("string literal") ? 1 : x];
]]
)],
[pgac_cv__builtin_constant_p=yes],
[pgac_cv__builtin_constant_p=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv__builtin_constant_p" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE__BUILTIN_CONSTANT_P, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands __builtin_constant_p.])
fi])# PGAC_C_BUILTIN_CONSTANT_P
# PGAC_C_BUILTIN_OP_OVERFLOW
# --------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __builtin_$op_overflow(),
# and define HAVE__BUILTIN_OP_OVERFLOW if so.
#
# Check for the most complicated case, 64 bit multiplication, as a
# proxy for all of the operations. To detect the case where the compiler
# knows the function but library support is missing, we must link not just
# compile, and store the results in global variables so the compiler doesn't
# optimize away the call.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_BUILTIN_OP_OVERFLOW],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for __builtin_mul_overflow, pgac_cv__builtin_op_overflow,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
PG_INT64_TYPE a = 1;
PG_INT64_TYPE b = 1;
PG_INT64_TYPE result;
int oflo;
],
[oflo = __builtin_mul_overflow(a, b, &result);])],
[pgac_cv__builtin_op_overflow=yes],
[pgac_cv__builtin_op_overflow=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv__builtin_op_overflow" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE__BUILTIN_OP_OVERFLOW, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands __builtin_$op_overflow.])
fi])# PGAC_C_BUILTIN_OP_OVERFLOW
# PGAC_C_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE
# --------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __builtin_unreachable(),
# and define HAVE__BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE if so.
#
# NB: Don't get the idea of putting a for(;;); or such before the
# __builtin_unreachable() call. Some compilers would remove it before linking
# and only a warning instead of an error would be produced.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for __builtin_unreachable, pgac_cv__builtin_unreachable,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[__builtin_unreachable();])],
[pgac_cv__builtin_unreachable=yes],
[pgac_cv__builtin_unreachable=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv__builtin_unreachable" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE__BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands __builtin_unreachable.])
fi])# PGAC_C_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE
# PGAC_C_COMPUTED_GOTO
# --------------------
# Check if the C compiler knows computed gotos (gcc extension, also
# available in at least clang). If so, define HAVE_COMPUTED_GOTO.
#
# Checking whether computed gotos are supported syntax-wise ought to
# be enough, as the syntax is otherwise illegal.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_C_COMPUTED_GOTO],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for computed goto support, pgac_cv_computed_goto,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[[void *labeladdrs[] = {&&my_label};
goto *labeladdrs[0];
my_label:
return 1;
]])],
[pgac_cv_computed_goto=yes],
[pgac_cv_computed_goto=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_computed_goto" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_COMPUTED_GOTO, 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler handles computed gotos.])
fi])# PGAC_C_COMPUTED_GOTO
# PGAC_CHECK_BUILTIN_FUNC
# -----------------------
# This is similar to AC_CHECK_FUNCS(), except that it will work for compiler
# builtin functions, as that usually fails to.
# The first argument is the function name, eg [__builtin_clzl], and the
# second is its argument list, eg [unsigned long x]. The current coding
# works only for a single argument named x; we might generalize that later.
# It's assumed that the function's result type is coercible to int.
# On success, we define "HAVEfuncname" (there's usually more than enough
# underscores already, so we don't add another one).
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_BUILTIN_FUNC],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for $1, pgac_cv$1,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
int
call$1($2)
{
return $1(x);
}], [])],
[pgac_cv$1=yes],
[pgac_cv$1=no])])
if test x"${pgac_cv$1}" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(AS_TR_CPP([HAVE$1]), 1,
[Define to 1 if your compiler understands $1.])
fi])# PGAC_CHECK_BUILTIN_FUNC
# PGAC_PROG_VARCC_VARFLAGS_OPT
# ----------------------------
# Given a compiler, variable name and a string, check if the compiler
# supports the string as a command-line option. If it does, add the
# string to the given variable.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_VARCC_VARFLAGS_OPT],
[define([Ac_cachevar], [AS_TR_SH([pgac_cv_prog_$1_cflags_$3])])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${$1} supports $3, for $2], [Ac_cachevar],
[pgac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
pgac_save_CC=$CC
CC=${$1}
CFLAGS="${$2} $3"
ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
ac_c_werror_flag=yes
_AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
[Ac_cachevar=yes],
[Ac_cachevar=no])
ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
CFLAGS="$pgac_save_CFLAGS"
CC="$pgac_save_CC"])
if test x"$Ac_cachevar" = x"yes"; then
$2="${$2} $3"
fi
undefine([Ac_cachevar])dnl
])# PGAC_PROG_VARCC_VARFLAGS_OPT
# PGAC_PROG_CC_CFLAGS_OPT
# -----------------------
# Given a string, check if the compiler supports the string as a
# command-line option. If it does, add the string to CFLAGS.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_CC_CFLAGS_OPT], [
PGAC_PROG_VARCC_VARFLAGS_OPT(CC, CFLAGS, $1)
])# PGAC_PROG_CC_CFLAGS_OPT
# PGAC_PROG_CC_VAR_OPT
# --------------------
# Given a variable name and a string, check if the compiler supports
# the string as a command-line option. If it does, add the string to
# the given variable.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_CC_VAR_OPT],
[PGAC_PROG_VARCC_VARFLAGS_OPT(CC, $1, $2)
])# PGAC_PROG_CC_VAR_OPT
# PGAC_PROG_VARCXX_VARFLAGS_OPT
# -----------------------------
# Given a compiler, variable name and a string, check if the compiler
# supports the string as a command-line option. If it does, add the
# string to the given variable.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_VARCXX_VARFLAGS_OPT],
[define([Ac_cachevar], [AS_TR_SH([pgac_cv_prog_$1_cxxflags_$3])])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${$1} supports $3, for $2], [Ac_cachevar],
[pgac_save_CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS
pgac_save_CXX=$CXX
CXX=${$1}
CXXFLAGS="${$2} $3"
ac_save_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_cxx_werror_flag
ac_cxx_werror_flag=yes
AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
_AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
[Ac_cachevar=yes],
[Ac_cachevar=no])
AC_LANG_POP([])
ac_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_save_cxx_werror_flag
CXXFLAGS="$pgac_save_CXXFLAGS"
CXX="$pgac_save_CXX"])
if test x"$Ac_cachevar" = x"yes"; then
$2="${$2} $3"
fi
undefine([Ac_cachevar])dnl
])# PGAC_PROG_VARCXX_VARFLAGS_OPT
# PGAC_PROG_CXX_CFLAGS_OPT
# ------------------------
# Given a string, check if the compiler supports the string as a
# command-line option. If it does, add the string to CXXFLAGS.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_CXX_CFLAGS_OPT],
[PGAC_PROG_VARCXX_VARFLAGS_OPT(CXX, CXXFLAGS, $1)
])# PGAC_PROG_CXX_CFLAGS_OPT
# PGAC_PROG_CC_LDFLAGS_OPT
# ------------------------
# Given a string, check if the compiler supports the string as a
# command-line option. If it does, add the string to LDFLAGS.
# For reasons you'd really rather not know about, this checks whether
# you can link to a particular function, not just whether you can link.
# In fact, we must actually check that the resulting program runs :-(
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_CC_LDFLAGS_OPT],
[define([Ac_cachevar], [AS_TR_SH([pgac_cv_prog_cc_ldflags_$1])])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $CC supports $1], [Ac_cachevar],
[pgac_save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$pgac_save_LDFLAGS $1"
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([extern void $2 (); void (*fptr) () = $2;],[])],
[Ac_cachevar=yes],
[Ac_cachevar=no],
[Ac_cachevar="assuming no"])
LDFLAGS="$pgac_save_LDFLAGS"])
if test x"$Ac_cachevar" = x"yes"; then
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $1"
fi
undefine([Ac_cachevar])dnl
])# PGAC_PROG_CC_LDFLAGS_OPT
# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_CHAR_TAS
# ----------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __sync_lock_test_and_set(char),
# and define HAVE_GCC__SYNC_CHAR_TAS
#
# NB: There are platforms where test_and_set is available but compare_and_swap
# is not, so test this separately.
# NB: Some platforms only do 32bit tas, others only do 8bit tas. Test both.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_CHAR_TAS],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for builtin __sync char locking functions, pgac_cv_gcc_sync_char_tas,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[char lock = 0;
__sync_lock_test_and_set(&lock, 1);
__sync_lock_release(&lock);])],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_char_tas="yes"],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_char_tas="no"])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_gcc_sync_char_tas" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GCC__SYNC_CHAR_TAS, 1, [Define to 1 if you have __sync_lock_test_and_set(char *) and friends.])
fi])# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_CHAR_TAS
# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_TAS
# -----------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __sync_lock_test_and_set(),
# and define HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_TAS
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_TAS],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for builtin __sync int32 locking functions, pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_tas,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[int lock = 0;
__sync_lock_test_and_set(&lock, 1);
__sync_lock_release(&lock);])],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_tas="yes"],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_tas="no"])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_tas" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_TAS, 1, [Define to 1 if you have __sync_lock_test_and_set(int *) and friends.])
fi])# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_TAS
# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_CAS
# -----------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __sync_compare_and_swap() for 32bit
# types, and define HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_CAS if so.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_CAS],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for builtin __sync int32 atomic operations, pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_cas,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[int val = 0;
__sync_val_compare_and_swap(&val, 0, 37);])],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_cas="yes"],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_cas="no"])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int32_cas" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_CAS, 1, [Define to 1 if you have __sync_val_compare_and_swap(int *, int, int).])
fi])# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT32_CAS
# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT64_CAS
# -----------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __sync_compare_and_swap() for 64bit
# types, and define HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT64_CAS if so.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT64_CAS],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for builtin __sync int64 atomic operations, pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int64_cas,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[PG_INT64_TYPE lock = 0;
__sync_val_compare_and_swap(&lock, 0, (PG_INT64_TYPE) 37);])],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int64_cas="yes"],
[pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int64_cas="no"])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_gcc_sync_int64_cas" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT64_CAS, 1, [Define to 1 if you have __sync_val_compare_and_swap(int64 *, int64, int64).])
fi])# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__SYNC_INT64_CAS
# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT32_CAS
# -------------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __atomic_compare_exchange_n() for 32bit
# types, and define HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT32_CAS if so.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT32_CAS],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for builtin __atomic int32 atomic operations, pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int32_cas,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[int val = 0;
int expect = 0;
__atomic_compare_exchange_n(&val, &expect, 37, 0, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_RELAXED);])],
[pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int32_cas="yes"],
[pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int32_cas="no"])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int32_cas" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT32_CAS, 1, [Define to 1 if you have __atomic_compare_exchange_n(int *, int *, int).])
fi])# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT32_CAS
# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT64_CAS
# -------------------------------
# Check if the C compiler understands __atomic_compare_exchange_n() for 64bit
# types, and define HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT64_CAS if so.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT64_CAS],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for builtin __atomic int64 atomic operations, pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int64_cas,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[PG_INT64_TYPE val = 0;
PG_INT64_TYPE expect = 0;
__atomic_compare_exchange_n(&val, &expect, 37, 0, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_RELAXED);])],
[pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int64_cas="yes"],
[pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int64_cas="no"])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_gcc_atomic_int64_cas" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT64_CAS, 1, [Define to 1 if you have __atomic_compare_exchange_n(int64 *, int64 *, int64).])
fi])# PGAC_HAVE_GCC__ATOMIC_INT64_CAS
# PGAC_SSE42_CRC32_INTRINSICS
# ---------------------------
# Check if the compiler supports the x86 CRC instructions added in SSE 4.2,
# using the _mm_crc32_u8 and _mm_crc32_u32 intrinsic functions. (We don't
# test the 8-byte variant, _mm_crc32_u64, but it is assumed to be present if
# the other ones are, on x86-64 platforms)
#
# An optional compiler flag can be passed as argument (e.g. -msse4.2). If the
# intrinsics are supported, sets pgac_sse42_crc32_intrinsics, and CFLAGS_SSE42.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_SSE42_CRC32_INTRINSICS],
[define([Ac_cachevar], [AS_TR_SH([pgac_cv_sse42_crc32_intrinsics_$1])])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for _mm_crc32_u8 and _mm_crc32_u32 with CFLAGS=$1], [Ac_cachevar],
[pgac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$pgac_save_CFLAGS $1"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <nmmintrin.h>],
[unsigned int crc = 0;
crc = _mm_crc32_u8(crc, 0);
crc = _mm_crc32_u32(crc, 0);
/* return computed value, to prevent the above being optimized away */
return crc == 0;])],
[Ac_cachevar=yes],
[Ac_cachevar=no])
CFLAGS="$pgac_save_CFLAGS"])
if test x"$Ac_cachevar" = x"yes"; then
CFLAGS_SSE42="$1"
pgac_sse42_crc32_intrinsics=yes
fi
undefine([Ac_cachevar])dnl
])# PGAC_SSE42_CRC32_INTRINSICS
# PGAC_ARMV8_CRC32C_INTRINSICS
# ----------------------------
# Check if the compiler supports the CRC32C instructions using the __crc32cb,
# __crc32ch, __crc32cw, and __crc32cd intrinsic functions. These instructions
# were first introduced in ARMv8 in the optional CRC Extension, and became
# mandatory in ARMv8.1.
#
# An optional compiler flag can be passed as argument (e.g.
# -march=armv8-a+crc). If the intrinsics are supported, sets
# pgac_armv8_crc32c_intrinsics, and CFLAGS_ARMV8_CRC32C.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_ARMV8_CRC32C_INTRINSICS],
[define([Ac_cachevar], [AS_TR_SH([pgac_cv_armv8_crc32c_intrinsics_$1])])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for __crc32cb, __crc32ch, __crc32cw, and __crc32cd with CFLAGS=$1], [Ac_cachevar],
[pgac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$pgac_save_CFLAGS $1"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <arm_acle.h>],
[unsigned int crc = 0;
crc = __crc32cb(crc, 0);
crc = __crc32ch(crc, 0);
crc = __crc32cw(crc, 0);
crc = __crc32cd(crc, 0);
/* return computed value, to prevent the above being optimized away */
return crc == 0;])],
[Ac_cachevar=yes],
[Ac_cachevar=no])
CFLAGS="$pgac_save_CFLAGS"])
if test x"$Ac_cachevar" = x"yes"; then
CFLAGS_ARMV8_CRC32C="$1"
pgac_armv8_crc32c_intrinsics=yes
fi
undefine([Ac_cachevar])dnl
])# PGAC_ARMV8_CRC32C_INTRINSICS

212
config/c-library.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
# Macros that test various C library quirks
# config/c-library.m4
# PGAC_VAR_INT_TIMEZONE
# ---------------------
# Check if the global variable `timezone' exists. If so, define
# HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_VAR_INT_TIMEZONE],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for int timezone, pgac_cv_var_int_timezone,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <time.h>
int res;],
[#ifndef __CYGWIN__
res = timezone / 60;
#else
res = _timezone / 60;
#endif])],
[pgac_cv_var_int_timezone=yes],
[pgac_cv_var_int_timezone=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_var_int_timezone" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE, 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the global variable 'int timezone'.])
fi])# PGAC_VAR_INT_TIMEZONE
# PGAC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
# ------------------
# Figure out how to get the current timezone. If `struct tm' has a
# `tm_zone' member, define `HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE'. Unlike the
# standard macro AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE, we don't check for `tzname[]' if
# not found, since we don't use it. (We use `int timezone' as a
# fallback.)
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE],
[AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct tm.tm_zone],,,[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <time.h>
])
])# PGAC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
# PGAC_FUNC_GETTIMEOFDAY_1ARG
# ---------------------------
# Check if gettimeofday() has only one arguments. (Normal is two.)
# If so, define GETTIMEOFDAY_1ARG.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_FUNC_GETTIMEOFDAY_1ARG],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether gettimeofday takes only one argument,
pgac_cv_func_gettimeofday_1arg,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <sys/time.h>],
[struct timeval *tp;
struct timezone *tzp;
gettimeofday(tp,tzp);])],
[pgac_cv_func_gettimeofday_1arg=no],
[pgac_cv_func_gettimeofday_1arg=yes])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_func_gettimeofday_1arg" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(GETTIMEOFDAY_1ARG, 1,
[Define to 1 if gettimeofday() takes only 1 argument.])
fi
AH_VERBATIM(GETTIMEOFDAY_1ARG_,
[@%:@ifdef GETTIMEOFDAY_1ARG
@%:@ define gettimeofday(a,b) gettimeofday(a)
@%:@endif])dnl
])# PGAC_FUNC_GETTIMEOFDAY_1ARG
# PGAC_FUNC_STRERROR_R_INT
# ---------------------------
# Check if strerror_r() returns int (POSIX) rather than char * (GNU libc).
# If so, define STRERROR_R_INT.
# The result is uncertain if strerror_r() isn't provided,
# but we don't much care.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_FUNC_STRERROR_R_INT],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether strerror_r returns int,
pgac_cv_func_strerror_r_int,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <string.h>],
[[char buf[100];
switch (strerror_r(1, buf, sizeof(buf)))
{ case 0: break; default: break; }
]])],
[pgac_cv_func_strerror_r_int=yes],
[pgac_cv_func_strerror_r_int=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_func_strerror_r_int" = xyes ; then
AC_DEFINE(STRERROR_R_INT, 1,
[Define to 1 if strerror_r() returns int.])
fi
])# PGAC_FUNC_STRERROR_R_INT
# PGAC_UNION_SEMUN
# ----------------
# Check if `union semun' exists. Define HAVE_UNION_SEMUN if so.
# If it doesn't then one could define it as
# union semun { int val; struct semid_ds *buf; unsigned short *array; }
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_UNION_SEMUN],
[AC_CHECK_TYPES([union semun], [], [],
[#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IPC_H
#include <sys/ipc.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SEM_H
#include <sys/sem.h>
#endif])])# PGAC_UNION_SEMUN
# PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_UN
# -----------------------
# If `struct sockaddr_un' exists, define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_UN.
# If it is missing then one could define it.
# (Requires test for <sys/un.h>!)
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_UN],
[AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct sockaddr_un], [], [],
[#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UN_H
#include <sys/un.h>
#endif
])])# PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_UN
# PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
# ----------------------------
# If `struct sockaddr_storage' exists, define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE.
# If it is missing then one could define it.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE],
[AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct sockaddr_storage], [], [],
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
])])# PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
# PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_MEMBERS
# --------------------------------------
# Check the members of `struct sockaddr_storage'. We need to know about
# ss_family and ss_len. (Some platforms follow RFC 2553 and call them
# __ss_family and __ss_len.) We also check struct sockaddr's sa_len;
# if we have to define our own `struct sockaddr_storage', this tells us
# whether we need to provide an ss_len field.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_MEMBERS],
[AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct sockaddr_storage.ss_family,
struct sockaddr_storage.__ss_family,
struct sockaddr_storage.ss_len,
struct sockaddr_storage.__ss_len,
struct sockaddr.sa_len], [], [],
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
])])# PGAC_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_MEMBERS
# PGAC_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
# -----------------------
# If `struct addrinfo' exists, define HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_STRUCT_ADDRINFO],
[AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct addrinfo], [], [],
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netdb.h>
])])# PGAC_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
# PGAC_TYPE_LOCALE_T
# ------------------
# Check for the locale_t type and find the right header file. macOS
# needs xlocale.h; standard is locale.h, but glibc also has an
# xlocale.h file that we should not use.
#
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_TYPE_LOCALE_T],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for locale_t], pgac_cv_type_locale_t,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[#include <locale.h>
locale_t x;],
[])],
[pgac_cv_type_locale_t=yes],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[#include <xlocale.h>
locale_t x;],
[])],
[pgac_cv_type_locale_t='yes (in xlocale.h)'],
[pgac_cv_type_locale_t=no])])])
if test "$pgac_cv_type_locale_t" != no; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LOCALE_T, 1,
[Define to 1 if the system has the type `locale_t'.])
fi
if test "$pgac_cv_type_locale_t" = 'yes (in xlocale.h)'; then
AC_DEFINE(LOCALE_T_IN_XLOCALE, 1,
[Define to 1 if `locale_t' requires <xlocale.h>.])
fi])# PGAC_TYPE_LOCALE_T
# PGAC_FUNC_WCSTOMBS_L
# --------------------
# Try to find a declaration for wcstombs_l(). It might be in stdlib.h
# (following the POSIX requirement for wcstombs()), or in locale.h, or in
# xlocale.h. If it's in the latter, define WCSTOMBS_L_IN_XLOCALE.
#
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_FUNC_WCSTOMBS_L],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wcstombs_l declaration], pgac_cv_func_wcstombs_l,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[#include <stdlib.h>
#include <locale.h>],
[#ifndef wcstombs_l
(void) wcstombs_l;
#endif])],
[pgac_cv_func_wcstombs_l='yes'],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[#include <stdlib.h>
#include <locale.h>
#include <xlocale.h>],
[#ifndef wcstombs_l
(void) wcstombs_l;
#endif])],
[pgac_cv_func_wcstombs_l='yes (in xlocale.h)'],
[pgac_cv_func_wcstombs_l='no'])])])
if test "$pgac_cv_func_wcstombs_l" = 'yes (in xlocale.h)'; then
AC_DEFINE(WCSTOMBS_L_IN_XLOCALE, 1,
[Define to 1 if `wcstombs_l' requires <xlocale.h>.])
fi])# PGAC_FUNC_WCSTOMBS_L

116
config/check_decls.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
# config/check_decls.m4
# This file redefines the standard Autoconf macro _AC_CHECK_DECL_BODY,
# and adds a supporting function _AC_UNDECLARED_WARNING, to make
# AC_CHECK_DECLS behave correctly when checking for built-in library
# functions with clang.
# This is based on commit 82ef7805faffa151e724aa76c245ec590d174580
# in the Autoconf git repository. We can drop it if they ever get
# around to releasing a new version of Autoconf. In the meantime,
# it's distributed under Autoconf's license:
# This file is part of Autoconf. This program is free
# software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
# terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
# permissions described in the Autoconf Configure Script Exception,
# version 3.0, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# and a copy of the Autoconf Configure Script Exception along with
# this program; see the files COPYINGv3 and COPYING.EXCEPTION
# respectively. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by David MacKenzie, with help from
# Franc,ois Pinard, Karl Berry, Richard Pixley, Ian Lance Taylor,
# Roland McGrath, Noah Friedman, david d zuhn, and many others.
# _AC_UNDECLARED_WARNING
# ----------------------
# Set ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_warn_flag=yes if the compiler uses a warning,
# not a more-customary error, to report some undeclared identifiers. Fail when
# an affected compiler warns also on valid input. _AC_PROG_PREPROC_WORKS_IFELSE
# solves a related problem.
AC_DEFUN([_AC_UNDECLARED_WARNING],
[# The Clang compiler raises a warning for an undeclared identifier that matches
# a compiler builtin function. All extant Clang versions are affected, as of
# Clang 3.6.0. Test a builtin known to every version. This problem affects the
# C and Objective C languages, but Clang does report an error under C++ and
# Objective C++.
#
# Passing -fno-builtin to the compiler would suppress this problem. That
# strategy would have the advantage of being insensitive to stray warnings, but
# it would make tests less realistic.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how $[]_AC_CC[] reports undeclared, standard C functions],
[ac_cv_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_report],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [(void) strchr;])],
[AS_IF([test -s conftest.err], [dnl
# For AC_CHECK_DECL to react to warnings, the compiler must be silent on
# valid AC_CHECK_DECL input. No library function is consistently available
# on freestanding implementations, so test against a dummy declaration.
# Include always-available headers on the off chance that they somehow
# elicit warnings.
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([dnl
#include <float.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stddef.h>
extern void ac_decl (int, char *);],
[@%:@ifdef __cplusplus
(void) ac_decl ((int) 0, (char *) 0);
(void) ac_decl;
@%:@else
(void) ac_decl;
@%:@endif
])],
[AS_IF([test -s conftest.err],
[AC_MSG_FAILURE([cannot detect from compiler exit status or warnings])],
[ac_cv_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_report=warning])],
[AC_MSG_FAILURE([cannot compile a simple declaration test])])],
[AC_MSG_FAILURE([compiler does not report undeclared identifiers])])],
[ac_cv_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_report=error])])
case $ac_cv_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_report in
warning) ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_warn_flag=yes ;;
*) ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_warn_flag= ;;
esac
])# _AC_UNDECLARED_WARNING
# _AC_CHECK_DECL_BODY
# -------------------
# Shell function body for AC_CHECK_DECL.
m4_define([_AC_CHECK_DECL_BODY],
[ AS_LINENO_PUSH([$[]1])
# Initialize each $ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_warn_flag once.
AC_DEFUN([_AC_UNDECLARED_WARNING_]_AC_LANG_ABBREV,
[_AC_UNDECLARED_WARNING])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([_AC_UNDECLARED_WARNING_]_AC_LANG_ABBREV)dnl
[as_decl_name=`echo $][2|sed 's/ *(.*//'`]
[as_decl_use=`echo $][2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'`]
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $as_decl_name is declared], [$[]3],
[ac_save_werror_flag=$ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_werror_flag
ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_werror_flag="$ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_decl_warn_flag$ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_werror_flag"
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([$[]4],
[@%:@ifndef $[]as_decl_name
@%:@ifdef __cplusplus
(void) $[]as_decl_use;
@%:@else
(void) $[]as_decl_name;
@%:@endif
@%:@endif
])],
[AS_VAR_SET([$[]3], [yes])],
[AS_VAR_SET([$[]3], [no])])
ac_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]_werror_flag=$ac_save_werror_flag])
AS_LINENO_POP
])# _AC_CHECK_DECL_BODY

23
config/check_modules.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
#
# Verify that required Perl modules are available,
# in at least the required minimum versions.
# (The required minimum versions are all quite ancient now,
# but specify them anyway for documentation's sake.)
#
use strict;
use warnings;
use IPC::Run 0.79;
# Test::More and Time::HiRes are supposed to be part of core Perl,
# but some distros omit them in a minimal installation.
use Test::More 0.87;
use Time::HiRes 1.52;
# While here, we might as well report exactly what versions we found.
diag("IPC::Run::VERSION: $IPC::Run::VERSION");
diag("Test::More::VERSION: $Test::More::VERSION");
diag("Time::HiRes::VERSION: $Time::HiRes::VERSION");
ok(1);
done_testing();

1700
config/config.guess vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1860
config/config.sub vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

149
config/general.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
# config/general.m4
# This file defines new macros to process configure command line
# arguments, to replace the brain-dead AC_ARG_WITH and AC_ARG_ENABLE.
# The flaw in these is particularly that they only differentiate
# between "given" and "not given" and do not provide enough help to
# process arguments that only accept "yes/no", that require an
# argument (other than "yes/no"), etc.
#
# The point of this implementation is to reduce code size and
# redundancy in configure.ac and to improve robustness and consistency
# in the option evaluation code.
# Convert type and name to shell variable name (e.g., "enable_long_strings")
m4_define([pgac_arg_to_variable],
[$1[]_[]patsubst($2, -, _)])
# PGAC_ARG(TYPE, NAME, HELP-STRING-LHS-EXTRA, HELP-STRING-RHS,
# [ACTION-IF-YES], [ACTION-IF-NO], [ACTION-IF-ARG],
# [ACTION-IF-OMITTED])
# ------------------------------------------------------------
# This is the base layer. TYPE is either "with" or "enable", depending
# on what you like. NAME is the rest of the option name.
# HELP-STRING-LHS-EXTRA is a string to append to the option name on
# the left-hand side of the help output, e.g., an argument name. If
# set to "-", append nothing, but let the option appear in the
# negative form (disable/without). HELP-STRING-RHS is the option
# description, for the right-hand side of the help output.
# ACTION-IF-YES is executed if the option is given without an argument
# (or "yes", which is the same); similar for ACTION-IF-NO.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_ARG],
[
m4_case([$1],
enable, [
AC_ARG_ENABLE([$2], [AS_HELP_STRING([--]m4_if($3, -, disable, enable)[-$2]m4_if($3, -, , $3), [$4])], [
case [$]enableval in
yes)
m4_default([$5], :)
;;
no)
m4_default([$6], :)
;;
*)
$7
;;
esac
],
[$8])[]dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE
],
with, [
AC_ARG_WITH([$2], [AS_HELP_STRING([--]m4_if($3, -, without, with)[-$2]m4_if($3, -, , $3), [$4])], [
case [$]withval in
yes)
m4_default([$5], :)
;;
no)
m4_default([$6], :)
;;
*)
$7
;;
esac
],
[$8])[]dnl AC_ARG_WITH
],
[m4_fatal([first argument of $0 must be 'enable' or 'with', not '$1'])]
)
])# PGAC_ARG
# PGAC_ARG_BOOL(TYPE, NAME, DEFAULT, HELP-STRING-RHS,
# [ACTION-IF-YES], [ACTION-IF-NO])
# ---------------------------------------------------
# Accept a boolean option, that is, one that only takes yes or no.
# ("no" is equivalent to "disable" or "without"). DEFAULT is what
# should be done if the option is omitted; it should be "yes" or "no".
# (Consequently, one of ACTION-IF-YES and ACTION-IF-NO will always
# execute.)
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_ARG_BOOL],
[dnl The following hack is necessary because in a few instances this
dnl macro is called twice for the same option with different default
dnl values. But we only want it to appear once in the help. We achieve
dnl that by making the help string look the same, which is why we need to
dnl save the default that was passed in previously.
m4_define([_pgac_helpdefault], m4_ifdef([pgac_defined_$1_$2_bool], [m4_defn([pgac_defined_$1_$2_bool])], [$3]))dnl
PGAC_ARG([$1], [$2], [m4_if(_pgac_helpdefault, yes, -)], [$4], [$5], [$6],
[AC_MSG_ERROR([no argument expected for --$1-$2 option])],
[m4_case([$3],
yes, [pgac_arg_to_variable([$1], [$2])=yes
$5],
no, [pgac_arg_to_variable([$1], [$2])=no
$6],
[m4_fatal([third argument of $0 must be 'yes' or 'no', not '$3'])])])[]dnl
m4_define([pgac_defined_$1_$2_bool], [$3])dnl
])# PGAC_ARG_BOOL
# PGAC_ARG_REQ(TYPE, NAME, HELP-ARGNAME, HELP-STRING-RHS,
# [ACTION-IF-GIVEN], [ACTION-IF-NOT-GIVEN])
# -------------------------------------------------------
# This option will require an argument; "yes" or "no" will not be
# accepted. HELP-ARGNAME is a name for the argument for the help output.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_ARG_REQ],
[PGAC_ARG([$1], [$2], [=$3], [$4],
[AC_MSG_ERROR([argument required for --$1-$2 option])],
[AC_MSG_ERROR([argument required for --$1-$2 option])],
[$5],
[$6])])# PGAC_ARG_REQ
# PGAC_ARG_OPTARG(TYPE, NAME, HELP-ARGNAME, HELP-STRING-RHS,
# [DEFAULT-ACTION], [ARG-ACTION],
# [ACTION-ENABLED], [ACTION-DISABLED])
# ----------------------------------------------------------
# This will create an option that behaves as follows: If omitted, or
# called with "no", then set the enable_variable to "no" and do
# nothing else. If called with "yes", then execute DEFAULT-ACTION. If
# called with argument, set enable_variable to "yes" and execute
# ARG-ACTION. Additionally, execute ACTION-ENABLED if we ended up with
# "yes" either way, else ACTION-DISABLED.
#
# The intent is to allow enabling a feature, and optionally pass an
# additional piece of information.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_ARG_OPTARG],
[PGAC_ARG([$1], [$2], [@<:@=$3@:>@], [$4], [$5], [],
[pgac_arg_to_variable([$1], [$2])=yes
$6],
[pgac_arg_to_variable([$1], [$2])=no])
dnl Add this code only if there's a ACTION-ENABLED or ACTION-DISABLED.
m4_ifval([$7[]$8],
[
if test "[$]pgac_arg_to_variable([$1], [$2])" = yes; then
m4_default([$7], :)
m4_ifval([$8],
[else
$8
])[]dnl
fi
])[]dnl
])# PGAC_ARG_OPTARG

527
config/install-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2011-11-20.07; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
nl='
'
IFS=" "" $nl"
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
if test -z "$doit"; then
doit_exec=exec
else
doit_exec=$doit
fi
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_glob='?'
initialize_posix_glob='
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=
else
posix_glob=:
fi
}
'
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
no_target_directory=
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *' '* | *'
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t) dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
dstdir_status=0
else
# Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
dstdir=`
(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$dst" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\).*/{
s//\1/
q
}
s/.*/./; q'
`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
umask=`umask`
case $stripcmd.$umask in
# Optimize common cases.
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
`;;
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
esac
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
case $umask in
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
;;
*)
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
$posix_glob set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
$posix_glob set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
$posix_glob set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
$posix_glob set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

119
config/libtool.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
## libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Shell-script-*-
## Copyright (C) 1996-1999,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
## Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
##
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
## (at your option) any later version.
##
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
## General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
##
## As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
## distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
## configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
## the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# No, PostgreSQL doesn't use libtool (yet), we just borrow stuff from it.
# This file was taken on 2000-10-20 from the multi-language branch (since
# that is the branch that PostgreSQL would most likely adopt anyway).
# --petere
# ... bunch of stuff removed here ...
# PGAC_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_LD],
[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [[default=no]]],
test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
dnl ###not for PostgreSQL### AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
ac_prog=ld
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
*)
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
esac
case "$ac_prog" in
# Accept absolute paths.
changequote(,)dnl
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)
re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
changequote([,])dnl
# Canonicalize the path of ld
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
done
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
;;
"")
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
ac_prog=ld
;;
*)
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
with_gnu_ld=unknown
;;
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
fi
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD,
[if test -z "$LD"; then
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
# but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
else
test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
fi
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
else
ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
fi])
LD="$ac_cv_path_LD"
if test -n "$LD"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
PGAC_PROG_LD_GNU
])
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PROG_LD_GNU],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
else
ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
fi])
with_gnu_ld=$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld
])
# ... more stuff removed ...

121
config/llvm.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
# config/llvm.m4
# PGAC_LLVM_SUPPORT
# -----------------
#
# Look for the LLVM installation, check that it's new enough, set the
# corresponding LLVM_{CFLAGS,CXXFLAGS,BINPATH} and LDFLAGS
# variables. Also verify that CLANG is available, to transform C
# into bitcode.
#
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_LLVM_SUPPORT],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])
AC_ARG_VAR(LLVM_CONFIG, [path to llvm-config command])
PGAC_PATH_PROGS(LLVM_CONFIG, llvm-config llvm-config-7 llvm-config-6.0 llvm-config-5.0 llvm-config-4.0 llvm-config-3.9)
# no point continuing if llvm wasn't found
if test -z "$LLVM_CONFIG"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([llvm-config not found, but required when compiling --with-llvm, specify with LLVM_CONFIG=])
fi
# check if detected $LLVM_CONFIG is executable
pgac_llvm_version="$($LLVM_CONFIG --version 2> /dev/null || echo no)"
if test "x$pgac_llvm_version" = "xno"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([$LLVM_CONFIG does not work])
fi
# and whether the version is supported
if echo $pgac_llvm_version | $AWK -F '.' '{ if ([$]1 >= 4 || ([$]1 == 3 && [$]2 >= 9)) exit 1; else exit 0;}';then
AC_MSG_ERROR([$LLVM_CONFIG version is $pgac_llvm_version but at least 3.9 is required])
fi
# need clang to create some bitcode files
AC_ARG_VAR(CLANG, [path to clang compiler to generate bitcode])
PGAC_PATH_PROGS(CLANG, clang clang-7 clang-6.0 clang-5.0 clang-4.0 clang-3.9)
if test -z "$CLANG"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([clang not found, but required when compiling --with-llvm, specify with CLANG=])
fi
# make sure clang is executable
if test "x$($CLANG --version 2> /dev/null || echo no)" = "xno"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([$CLANG does not work])
fi
# Could check clang version, but it doesn't seem that
# important. Systems with a new enough LLVM version are usually
# going to have a decent clang version too. It's also not entirely
# clear what the minimum version is.
# Collect compiler flags necessary to build the LLVM dependent
# shared library.
for pgac_option in `$LLVM_CONFIG --cppflags`; do
case $pgac_option in
-I*|-D*) LLVM_CPPFLAGS="$pgac_option $LLVM_CPPFLAGS";;
esac
done
for pgac_option in `$LLVM_CONFIG --ldflags`; do
case $pgac_option in
-L*) LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $pgac_option";;
esac
done
# ABI influencing options, standard influencing options
for pgac_option in `$LLVM_CONFIG --cxxflags`; do
case $pgac_option in
-fno-rtti*) LLVM_CXXFLAGS="$LLVM_CXXFLAGS $pgac_option";;
-std=*) LLVM_CXXFLAGS="$LLVM_CXXFLAGS $pgac_option";;
esac
done
# Look for components we're interested in, collect necessary
# libs. As some components are optional, we can't just list all of
# them as it'd raise an error.
pgac_components='';
for pgac_component in `$LLVM_CONFIG --components`; do
case $pgac_component in
engine) pgac_components="$pgac_components $pgac_component";;
debuginfodwarf) pgac_components="$pgac_components $pgac_component";;
orcjit) pgac_components="$pgac_components $pgac_component";;
passes) pgac_components="$pgac_components $pgac_component";;
native) pgac_components="$pgac_components $pgac_component";;
perfjitevents) pgac_components="$pgac_components $pgac_component";;
esac
done;
# And then get the libraries that need to be linked in for the
# selected components. They're large libraries, we only want to
# link them into the LLVM using shared library.
for pgac_option in `$LLVM_CONFIG --libs --system-libs $pgac_components`; do
case $pgac_option in
-l*) LLVM_LIBS="$LLVM_LIBS $pgac_option";;
esac
done
LLVM_BINPATH=`$LLVM_CONFIG --bindir`
dnl LLVM_CONFIG, CLANG are already output via AC_ARG_VAR
AC_SUBST(LLVM_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(LLVM_CPPFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LLVM_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LLVM_CXXFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LLVM_BINPATH)
])# PGAC_LLVM_SUPPORT
# PGAC_CHECK_LLVM_FUNCTIONS
# -------------------------
#
# Check presence of some optional LLVM functions.
# (This shouldn't happen until we're ready to run AC_CHECK_DECLS tests;
# because PGAC_LLVM_SUPPORT runs very early, it's not an appropriate place.)
#
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_LLVM_FUNCTIONS],
[
# Check which functionality is present
SAVE_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $LLVM_CPPFLAGS"
AC_CHECK_DECLS([LLVMOrcGetSymbolAddressIn], [], [], [[#include <llvm-c/OrcBindings.h>]])
AC_CHECK_DECLS([LLVMGetHostCPUName, LLVMGetHostCPUFeatures], [], [], [[#include <llvm-c/TargetMachine.h>]])
AC_CHECK_DECLS([LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener, LLVMCreatePerfJITEventListener], [], [], [[#include <llvm-c/ExecutionEngine.h>]])
CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
])# PGAC_CHECK_LLVM_FUNCTIONS

54
config/missing Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
#! /bin/sh
# config/missing
# This is *not* the GNU `missing' script, although it is similar in
# concept. You can call it from the makefiles to get consistent
# behavior when certain utility programs are missing.
case $1 in
flex|bison)
# `missing flex|bison <input> <output>'
input=$2
output=$3
if test -f "$output"; then
echo "\
***
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it
if you changed the file \`$input'; these changes will not take effect.
You can get $1 from a GNU mirror site.
***" >&2
echo "touch $output"
touch "$output"
exit 0
else # ! test -f $output
echo "\
***
ERROR: \`$1' is missing on your system. It is needed to create the
file \`$output'. You can either get $1 from a GNU mirror site
or download an official distribution of PostgreSQL, which contains
pre-packaged $1 output.
***" >&2
exit 1
fi
;;
perl)
# `missing perl'
echo "\
***
ERROR: Perl is missing on your system. It is needed unless you are building
from an unmodified official distribution of PostgreSQL.
***" >&2
exit 1
;;
*)
# `missing something-or-other'
echo "\
***
ERROR: \`$1' is missing on your system.
***" >&2
exit 1
;;
esac

114
config/perl.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
# config/perl.m4
# PGAC_PATH_PERL
# --------------
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_PERL],
[PGAC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, perl)
AC_ARG_VAR(PERL, [Perl program])dnl
if test "$PERL"; then
pgac_perl_version=`$PERL -v 2>/dev/null | sed -n ['s/This is perl.*v[a-z ]*\([0-9]\.[0-9][0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p']`
AC_MSG_NOTICE([using perl $pgac_perl_version])
if echo "$pgac_perl_version" | sed ['s/[.a-z_]/ /g'] | \
$AWK '{ if ([$]1 == 5 && [$]2 >= 8) exit 1; else exit 0;}'
then
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** The installed version of Perl, $PERL, is too old to use with PostgreSQL.
*** Perl version 5.8 or later is required, but this is $pgac_perl_version.])
PERL=""
fi
fi
if test -z "$PERL"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** Without Perl you will not be able to build PostgreSQL from Git.
*** You can obtain Perl from any CPAN mirror site.
*** (If you are using the official distribution of PostgreSQL then you do not
*** need to worry about this, because the Perl output is pre-generated.)])
fi
])# PGAC_PATH_PERL
# PGAC_CHECK_PERL_CONFIG(NAME)
# ----------------------------
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_PERL_CONFIG],
[AC_REQUIRE([PGAC_PATH_PERL])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Perl $1])
perl_$1=`$PERL -MConfig -e 'print $Config{$1}'`
test "$PORTNAME" = "win32" && perl_$1=`echo $perl_$1 | sed 's,\\\\,/,g'`
AC_SUBST(perl_$1)dnl
AC_MSG_RESULT([$perl_$1])])
# PGAC_CHECK_PERL_CONFIGS(NAMES)
# ------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_PERL_CONFIGS],
[m4_foreach([pgac_item], [$1], [PGAC_CHECK_PERL_CONFIG(pgac_item)])])
# PGAC_CHECK_PERL_EMBED_CCFLAGS
# -----------------------------
# We selectively extract stuff from $Config{ccflags}. For debugging purposes,
# let's have the configure output report the raw ccflags value as well as the
# set of flags we chose to adopt. We don't really need anything except -D
# switches, and other sorts of compiler switches can actively break things if
# Perl was compiled with a different compiler. Moreover, although Perl likes
# to put stuff like -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE and -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 here, it
# would be fatal to try to compile PL/Perl to a different libc ABI than core
# Postgres uses. The available information says that most symbols that affect
# Perl's own ABI begin with letters, so it's almost sufficient to adopt -D
# switches for symbols not beginning with underscore. Some exceptions are the
# Windows-specific -D_USE_32BIT_TIME_T and -D__MINGW_USE_VC2005_COMPAT; see
# Mkvcbuild.pm for details. We absorb the former when Perl reports it. Perl
# never reports the latter, and we don't attempt to deduce when it's needed.
# Consequently, we don't support using MinGW to link to MSVC-built Perl. As
# of 2017, all supported ActivePerl and Strawberry Perl are MinGW-built. If
# that changes or an MSVC-built Perl distribution becomes prominent, we can
# revisit this limitation.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_PERL_EMBED_CCFLAGS],
[AC_REQUIRE([PGAC_PATH_PERL])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for CFLAGS recommended by Perl])
perl_ccflags=`$PERL -MConfig -e ['print $Config{ccflags}']`
AC_MSG_RESULT([$perl_ccflags])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for CFLAGS to compile embedded Perl])
perl_embed_ccflags=`$PERL -MConfig -e ['foreach $f (split(" ",$Config{ccflags})) {print $f, " " if ($f =~ /^-D[^_]/ || $f =~ /^-D_USE_32BIT_TIME_T/)}']`
AC_SUBST(perl_embed_ccflags)dnl
AC_MSG_RESULT([$perl_embed_ccflags])
])# PGAC_CHECK_PERL_EMBED_CCFLAGS
# PGAC_CHECK_PERL_EMBED_LDFLAGS
# -----------------------------
# We are after Embed's ldopts, but without the subset mentioned in
# Config's ccdlflags; and also without any -arch flags, which recent
# Apple releases put in unhelpfully. (If you want a multiarch build
# you'd better be specifying it in more places than plperl's final link.)
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_PERL_EMBED_LDFLAGS],
[AC_REQUIRE([PGAC_PATH_PERL])
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for flags to link embedded Perl)
if test "$PORTNAME" = "win32" ; then
perl_lib=`basename $perl_archlibexp/CORE/perl[[5-9]]*.lib .lib`
if test -e "$perl_archlibexp/CORE/$perl_lib.lib"; then
perl_embed_ldflags="-L$perl_archlibexp/CORE -l$perl_lib"
else
perl_lib=`basename $perl_archlibexp/CORE/libperl[[5-9]]*.a .a | sed 's/^lib//'`
if test -e "$perl_archlibexp/CORE/lib$perl_lib.a"; then
perl_embed_ldflags="-L$perl_archlibexp/CORE -l$perl_lib"
fi
fi
else
pgac_tmp1=`$PERL -MExtUtils::Embed -e ldopts`
pgac_tmp2=`$PERL -MConfig -e 'print $Config{ccdlflags}'`
perl_embed_ldflags=`echo X"$pgac_tmp1" | sed -e "s/^X//" -e "s%$pgac_tmp2%%" -e ["s/ -arch [-a-zA-Z0-9_]*//g"]`
fi
AC_SUBST(perl_embed_ldflags)dnl
if test -z "$perl_embed_ldflags" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
AC_MSG_ERROR([could not determine flags for linking embedded Perl.
This probably means that ExtUtils::Embed or ExtUtils::MakeMaker is not
installed.])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([$perl_embed_ldflags])
fi
])# PGAC_CHECK_PERL_EMBED_LDFLAGS

275
config/pkg.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*-
# serial 12 (pkg-config-0.29.2)
dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>.
dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson <dbn.lists@gmail.com>
dnl
dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
dnl (at your option) any later version.
dnl
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
dnl General Public License for more details.
dnl
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
dnl Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
dnl 02111-1307, USA.
dnl
dnl As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
dnl distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
dnl configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
dnl the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
dnl program.
dnl PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION)
dnl -----------------------
dnl Since: 0.29
dnl
dnl Verify that the version of the pkg-config macros are at least
dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's
dnl installed version of pkg-config, this checks the developer's version
dnl of pkg.m4 when generating configure.
dnl
dnl To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
dnl m4_ifndef([PKG_PREREQ],
dnl [m4_fatal([must install pkg-config 0.29 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
dnl
dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version
dnl of the macros you require.
m4_defun([PKG_PREREQ],
[m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29.2])
m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, [$1]), -1,
[m4_fatal([pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but ]PKG_MACROS_VERSION[ found])])
])dnl PKG_PREREQ
dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
dnl ----------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.16
dnl
dnl Search for the pkg-config tool and set the PKG_CONFIG variable to
dnl first found in the path. Checks that the version of pkg-config found
dnl is at least MIN-VERSION. If MIN-VERSION is not specified, 0.9.0 is
dnl used since that's the first version where most current features of
dnl pkg-config existed.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$])
m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$])
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path])
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path])
if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
fi
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
_pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
PKG_CONFIG=""
fi
fi[]dnl
])dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
dnl PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl -------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.18
dnl
dnl Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar to
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
dnl
dnl Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
dnl only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place
dnl it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you
dnl have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
m4_default([$2], [:])
m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
$3])dnl
fi])
dnl _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
dnl ---------------------------------------------
dnl Internal wrapper calling pkg-config via PKG_CONFIG and setting
dnl pkg_failed based on the result.
m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
[if test -n "$$1"; then
pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
[pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`
test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ],
[pkg_failed=yes])
else
pkg_failed=untried
fi[]dnl
])dnl _PKG_CONFIG
dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
dnl ---------------------------
dnl Internal check to see if pkg-config supports short errors.
AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
_pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
else
_pkg_short_errors_supported=no
fi[]dnl
])dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl --------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.4.0
dnl
dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
dnl explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
pkg_failed=no
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $2])
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
else
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
fi
# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR(
[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
$$1_PKG_ERRORS
Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
installed software in a non-standard prefix.
_PKG_TEXT])[]dnl
])
elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE(
[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it
is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
path to pkg-config.
_PKG_TEXT
To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.])[]dnl
])
else
$1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
$1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
$3
fi[]dnl
])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.29
dnl
dnl Checks for existence of MODULES and gathers its build flags with
dnl static libraries enabled. Sets VARIABLE-PREFIX_CFLAGS from --cflags
dnl and VARIABLE-PREFIX_LIBS from --libs.
dnl
dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC might not happen, you should be sure to
dnl include an explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your
dnl configure.ac.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
_save_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --static"
PKG_CHECK_MODULES($@)
PKG_CONFIG=$_save_PKG_CONFIG[]dnl
])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC
dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY])
dnl -------------------------
dnl Since: 0.27
dnl
dnl Substitutes the variable pkgconfigdir as the location where a module
dnl should install pkg-config .pc files. By default the directory is
dnl $libdir/pkgconfig, but the default can be changed by passing
dnl DIRECTORY. The user can override through the --with-pkgconfigdir
dnl parameter.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_INSTALLDIR],
[m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${libdir}/pkgconfig'])])
m4_pushdef([pkg_description],
[pkg-config installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@])
AC_ARG_WITH([pkgconfigdir],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],,
[with_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default)
AC_SUBST([pkgconfigdir], [$with_pkgconfigdir])
m4_popdef([pkg_default])
m4_popdef([pkg_description])
])dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR
dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY])
dnl --------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.27
dnl
dnl Substitutes the variable noarch_pkgconfigdir as the location where a
dnl module should install arch-independent pkg-config .pc files. By
dnl default the directory is $datadir/pkgconfig, but the default can be
dnl changed by passing DIRECTORY. The user can override through the
dnl --with-noarch-pkgconfigdir parameter.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR],
[m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${datadir}/pkgconfig'])])
m4_pushdef([pkg_description],
[pkg-config arch-independent installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@])
AC_ARG_WITH([noarch-pkgconfigdir],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-noarch-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],,
[with_noarch_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default)
AC_SUBST([noarch_pkgconfigdir], [$with_noarch_pkgconfigdir])
m4_popdef([pkg_default])
m4_popdef([pkg_description])
])dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR
dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR(VARIABLE, MODULE, CONFIG-VARIABLE,
dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl -------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.28
dnl
dnl Retrieves the value of the pkg-config variable for the given module.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_VAR],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1], [value of $3 for $2, overriding pkg-config])dnl
_PKG_CONFIG([$1], [variable="][$3]["], [$2])
AS_VAR_COPY([$1], [pkg_cv_][$1])
AS_VAR_IF([$1], [""], [$5], [$4])dnl
])dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR

45
config/prep_buildtree Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
#! /bin/sh
# This script prepares a PostgreSQL build tree. It is intended
# to be run by the configure script.
me=`basename $0`
help="\
Usage: $me sourcetree [buildtree]"
if test -z "$1"; then
echo "$help" 1>&2
exit 1
elif test x"$1" = x"--help"; then
echo "$help"
exit 0
fi
unset CDPATH
sourcetree=`cd $1 && pwd`
buildtree=`cd ${2:-'.'} && pwd`
# We must not auto-create the subdirectories holding built documentation.
# If we did, it would interfere with installation of prebuilt docs from
# the source tree, if a VPATH build is done from a distribution tarball.
# See bug #5595.
for item in `find "$sourcetree" -type d \( \( -name CVS -prune \) -o \( -name .git -prune \) -o -print \) | grep -v "$sourcetree/doc/src/sgml/\+"`; do
subdir=`expr "$item" : "$sourcetree\(.*\)"`
if test ! -d "$buildtree/$subdir"; then
mkdir -p "$buildtree/$subdir" || exit 1
fi
done
for item in `find "$sourcetree" -name Makefile -print -o -name GNUmakefile -print | grep -v "$sourcetree/doc/src/sgml/images/"`; do
filename=`expr "$item" : "$sourcetree\(.*\)"`
if test ! -f "${item}.in"; then
if cmp "$item" "$buildtree/$filename" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : ; else
ln -fs "$item" "$buildtree/$filename" || exit 1
fi
fi
done
exit 0

350
config/programs.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
# config/programs.m4
# PGAC_PATH_PROGS
# ---------------
# This wrapper for AC_PATH_PROGS behaves like that macro except when
# VARIABLE is already set; in that case we just accept the value verbatim.
# (AC_PATH_PROGS would accept it only if it looks like an absolute path.)
# A desirable future improvement would be to convert a non-absolute-path
# input into absolute form.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_PROGS],
[if test -z "$$1"; then
AC_PATH_PROGS($@)
else
# Report the value of $1 in configure's output in all cases.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$$1])
fi
])
# PGAC_PATH_BISON
# ---------------
# Look for Bison, set the output variable BISON to its path if found.
# Reject versions before 1.875 (they have bugs or capacity limits).
# Note we do not accept other implementations of yacc.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_BISON],
[PGAC_PATH_PROGS(BISON, bison)
if test "$BISON"; then
pgac_bison_version=`$BISON --version 2>/dev/null | sed q`
AC_MSG_NOTICE([using $pgac_bison_version])
if echo "$pgac_bison_version" | $AWK '{ if ([$]4 < 1.875) exit 0; else exit 1;}'
then
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** The installed version of Bison, $BISON, is too old to use with PostgreSQL.
*** Bison version 1.875 or later is required, but this is $pgac_bison_version.])
BISON=""
fi
# Bison >=3.0 issues warnings about %name-prefix="base_yy", instead
# of the now preferred %name-prefix "base_yy", but the latter
# doesn't work with Bison 2.3 or less. So for now we silence the
# deprecation warnings.
if echo "$pgac_bison_version" | $AWK '{ if ([$]4 >= 3) exit 0; else exit 1;}'
then
BISONFLAGS="$BISONFLAGS -Wno-deprecated"
fi
fi
if test -z "$BISON"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** Without Bison you will not be able to build PostgreSQL from Git nor
*** change any of the parser definition files. You can obtain Bison from
*** a GNU mirror site. (If you are using the official distribution of
*** PostgreSQL then you do not need to worry about this, because the Bison
*** output is pre-generated.)])
fi
dnl We don't need AC_SUBST(BISON) because PGAC_PATH_PROGS did it
AC_SUBST(BISONFLAGS)
])# PGAC_PATH_BISON
# PGAC_PATH_FLEX
# --------------
# Look for Flex, set the output variable FLEX to its path if found.
# Reject versions before 2.5.31, as we need a reasonably non-buggy reentrant
# scanner. (Note: the well-publicized security problem in 2.5.31 does not
# affect Postgres, and there are still distros shipping patched 2.5.31,
# so allow it.) Also find Flex if its installed under `lex', but do not
# accept other Lex programs.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_FLEX],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for flex], pgac_cv_path_flex,
[# Let the user override the test
if test -n "$FLEX"; then
pgac_cv_path_flex=$FLEX
else
pgac_save_IFS=$IFS
IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for pgac_dir in $PATH; do
IFS=$pgac_save_IFS
if test -z "$pgac_dir" || test x"$pgac_dir" = x"."; then
pgac_dir=`pwd`
fi
for pgac_prog in flex lex; do
pgac_candidate="$pgac_dir/$pgac_prog"
if test -f "$pgac_candidate" \
&& $pgac_candidate --version </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1
then
echo '%%' > conftest.l
if $pgac_candidate -t conftest.l 2>/dev/null | grep FLEX_SCANNER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
pgac_flex_version=`$pgac_candidate --version 2>/dev/null`
if echo "$pgac_flex_version" | sed ['s/[.a-z]/ /g'] | $AWK '{ if ([$]1 == 2 && ([$]2 > 5 || ([$]2 == 5 && [$]3 >= 31))) exit 0; else exit 1;}'
then
pgac_cv_path_flex=$pgac_candidate
break 2
else
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** The installed version of Flex, $pgac_candidate, is too old to use with PostgreSQL.
*** Flex version 2.5.31 or later is required, but this is $pgac_flex_version.])
fi
fi
fi
done
done
rm -f conftest.l lex.yy.c
: ${pgac_cv_path_flex=no}
fi
])[]dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK
if test x"$pgac_cv_path_flex" = x"no"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** Without Flex you will not be able to build PostgreSQL from Git nor
*** change any of the scanner definition files. You can obtain Flex from
*** a GNU mirror site. (If you are using the official distribution of
*** PostgreSQL then you do not need to worry about this because the Flex
*** output is pre-generated.)])
FLEX=
else
FLEX=$pgac_cv_path_flex
pgac_flex_version=`$FLEX --version 2>/dev/null`
AC_MSG_NOTICE([using $pgac_flex_version])
fi
AC_SUBST(FLEX)
AC_SUBST(FLEXFLAGS)
])# PGAC_PATH_FLEX
# PGAC_LDAP_SAFE
# --------------
# PostgreSQL sometimes loads libldap_r and plain libldap into the same
# process. Check for OpenLDAP versions known not to tolerate doing so; assume
# non-OpenLDAP implementations are safe. The dblink test suite exercises the
# hazardous interaction directly.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_LDAP_SAFE],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for compatible LDAP implementation], [pgac_cv_ldap_safe],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[#include <ldap.h>
#if !defined(LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION) || \
(defined(LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP) && \
LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION >= 20424 && LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION <= 20431)
choke me
#endif], [])],
[pgac_cv_ldap_safe=yes],
[pgac_cv_ldap_safe=no])])
if test "$pgac_cv_ldap_safe" != yes; then
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** With OpenLDAP versions 2.4.24 through 2.4.31, inclusive, each backend
*** process that loads libpq (via WAL receiver, dblink, or postgres_fdw) and
*** also uses LDAP will crash on exit.])
fi])
# PGAC_CHECK_READLINE
# -------------------
# Check for the readline library and dependent libraries, either
# termcap or curses. Also try libedit, since NetBSD's is compatible.
# Add the required flags to LIBS, define HAVE_LIBREADLINE.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_READLINE],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for library containing readline], [pgac_cv_check_readline],
[pgac_cv_check_readline=no
pgac_save_LIBS=$LIBS
if test x"$with_libedit_preferred" != x"yes"
then READLINE_ORDER="-lreadline -ledit"
else READLINE_ORDER="-ledit -lreadline"
fi
for pgac_rllib in $READLINE_ORDER ; do
for pgac_lib in "" " -ltermcap" " -lncurses" " -lcurses" ; do
LIBS="${pgac_rllib}${pgac_lib} $pgac_save_LIBS"
AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC([readline], [[
# Older NetBSD and OpenBSD have a broken linker that does not
# recognize dependent libraries; assume curses is needed if we didn't
# find any dependency.
case $host_os in
netbsd* | openbsd*)
if test x"$pgac_lib" = x"" ; then
pgac_lib=" -lcurses"
fi ;;
esac
pgac_cv_check_readline="${pgac_rllib}${pgac_lib}"
break
]])
done
if test "$pgac_cv_check_readline" != no ; then
break
fi
done
LIBS=$pgac_save_LIBS
])[]dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK
if test "$pgac_cv_check_readline" != no ; then
LIBS="$pgac_cv_check_readline $LIBS"
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBREADLINE, 1, [Define if you have a function readline library])
fi
])# PGAC_CHECK_READLINE
# PGAC_READLINE_VARIABLES
# -----------------------
# Readline versions < 2.1 don't have rl_completion_append_character,
# and some versions lack rl_completion_suppress_quote.
# Libedit lacks rl_filename_quote_characters and rl_filename_quoting_function
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_READLINE_VARIABLES],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for rl_completion_append_character], pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_append_character,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <stdio.h>
#if defined(HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_EDITLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <editline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline.h>
#endif
],
[rl_completion_append_character = 'x';])],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_append_character=yes],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_append_character=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_append_character" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_APPEND_CHARACTER, 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the global variable 'rl_completion_append_character'.])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for rl_completion_suppress_quote], pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_suppress_quote,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <stdio.h>
#if defined(HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_EDITLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <editline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline.h>
#endif
],
[rl_completion_suppress_quote = 1;])],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_suppress_quote=yes],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_suppress_quote=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_var_rl_completion_suppress_quote" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_SUPPRESS_QUOTE, 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the global variable 'rl_completion_suppress_quote'.])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for rl_filename_quote_characters], pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quote_characters,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <stdio.h>
#if defined(HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_EDITLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <editline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline.h>
#endif
],
[rl_filename_quote_characters = "x";])],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quote_characters=yes],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quote_characters=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quote_characters" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RL_FILENAME_QUOTE_CHARACTERS, 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the global variable 'rl_filename_quote_characters'.])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for rl_filename_quoting_function], pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quoting_function,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <stdio.h>
#if defined(HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_EDITLINE_READLINE_H)
#include <editline/readline.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_READLINE_H)
#include <readline.h>
#endif
],
[rl_filename_quoting_function = 0;])],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quoting_function=yes],
[pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quoting_function=no])])
if test x"$pgac_cv_var_rl_filename_quoting_function" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RL_FILENAME_QUOTING_FUNCTION, 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the global variable 'rl_filename_quoting_function'.])
fi
])# PGAC_READLINE_VARIABLES
# PGAC_CHECK_GETTEXT
# ------------------
# We check for bind_textdomain_codeset() not just gettext(). GNU gettext
# before 0.10.36 does not have that function, and is generally too incomplete
# to be usable.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_GETTEXT],
[
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(bind_textdomain_codeset, intl, [],
[AC_MSG_ERROR([a gettext implementation is required for NLS])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER([libintl.h], [],
[AC_MSG_ERROR([header file <libintl.h> is required for NLS])])
PGAC_PATH_PROGS(MSGFMT, msgfmt)
AC_ARG_VAR(MSGFMT, [msgfmt program for NLS])dnl
if test -z "$MSGFMT"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([msgfmt is required for NLS])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for msgfmt flags], pgac_cv_msgfmt_flags,
[if test x"$MSGFMT" != x"" && "$MSGFMT" --version 2>&1 | grep "GNU" >/dev/null; then
pgac_cv_msgfmt_flags=-c
fi])
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT_FLAGS, $pgac_cv_msgfmt_flags)
PGAC_PATH_PROGS(MSGMERGE, msgmerge)
PGAC_PATH_PROGS(XGETTEXT, xgettext)
])# PGAC_CHECK_GETTEXT
# PGAC_CHECK_STRIP
# ----------------
# Check for a 'strip' program, and figure out if that program can
# strip libraries.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_STRIP],
[
AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether it is possible to strip libraries])
if test x"$STRIP" != x"" && "$STRIP" -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
STRIP_STATIC_LIB="$STRIP -x"
STRIP_SHARED_LIB="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
else
case $host_os in
darwin*)
STRIP="$STRIP -x"
STRIP_STATIC_LIB=$STRIP
STRIP_SHARED_LIB=$STRIP
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
;;
*)
STRIP_STATIC_LIB=:
STRIP_SHARED_LIB=:
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
;;
esac
fi
AC_SUBST(STRIP_STATIC_LIB)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_SHARED_LIB)
])# PGAC_CHECK_STRIP

177
config/python.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
#
# Autoconf macros for configuring the build of Python extension modules
#
# config/python.m4
#
# PGAC_PATH_PYTHON
# ----------------
# Look for Python and set the output variable 'PYTHON' if found,
# fail otherwise.
#
# As the Python 3 transition happens and PEP 394 isn't updated, we
# need to cater to systems that don't have unversioned "python" by
# default. Some systems ship with "python3" by default and perhaps
# have "python" in an optional package. Some systems only have
# "python2" and "python3", in which case it's reasonable to prefer the
# newer version.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_PYTHON],
[PGAC_PATH_PROGS(PYTHON, [python python3 python2])
AC_ARG_VAR(PYTHON, [Python program])dnl
if test x"$PYTHON" = x""; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Python not found])
fi
])
# _PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_DIRS
# -----------------------
# Determine the name of various directories of a given Python installation,
# as well as the Python version.
AC_DEFUN([_PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_DIRS],
[AC_REQUIRE([PGAC_PATH_PYTHON])
python_fullversion=`${PYTHON} -c "import sys; print(sys.version)" | sed q`
AC_MSG_NOTICE([using python $python_fullversion])
# python_fullversion is typically n.n.n plus some trailing junk
python_majorversion=`echo "$python_fullversion" | sed '[s/^\([0-9]*\).*/\1/]'`
python_minorversion=`echo "$python_fullversion" | sed '[s/^[0-9]*\.\([0-9]*\).*/\1/]'`
python_version=`echo "$python_fullversion" | sed '[s/^\([0-9]*\.[0-9]*\).*/\1/]'`
# Reject unsupported Python versions as soon as practical.
if test "$python_majorversion" -lt 3 -a "$python_minorversion" -lt 7; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Python version $python_version is too old (version 2.7 or later is required)])
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Python sysconfig module])
if "${PYTHON}" -c 'import sysconfig' 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
AC_MSG_ERROR([sysconfig module not found])
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([Python configuration directory])
python_configdir=`${PYTHON} -c "import sysconfig; print(' '.join(filter(None,sysconfig.get_config_vars('LIBPL'))))"`
AC_MSG_RESULT([$python_configdir])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([Python include directory])
python_includespec=`${PYTHON} -c "import sysconfig; print('-I' + sysconfig.get_config_var('INCLUDEPY'))"`
if test "$PORTNAME" = win32 ; then
python_includespec=`echo $python_includespec | sed 's,[[\]],/,g'`
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$python_includespec])
AC_SUBST(python_majorversion)[]dnl
AC_SUBST(python_version)[]dnl
AC_SUBST(python_includespec)[]dnl
])# _PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_DIRS
# PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_EMBED_SETUP
# -----------------------------
#
# Set python_libdir to the path of the directory containing the Python shared
# library. Set python_libspec to the -L/-l linker switches needed to link it.
# Set python_additional_libs to contain any additional linker switches needed
# for subsidiary libraries.
#
# In modern, well-configured Python installations, LIBDIR gives the correct
# directory name and LDLIBRARY is the file name of the shlib. But in older
# installations LDLIBRARY is frequently a useless path fragment, and it's also
# possible that the shlib is in a standard library directory such as /usr/lib
# so that LIBDIR is irrelevant. Also, some packagers put the .so symlink for
# the shlib in ${python_configdir} even though Python itself never does.
# We must also check that what we found is a shared library not a plain
# library, which we do by checking its extension. (We used to rely on
# Py_ENABLE_SHARED, but that only tells us that a shlib exists, not that
# we found it.)
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_EMBED_SETUP],
[AC_REQUIRE([_PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_DIRS])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link an embedded Python application])
python_libdir=`${PYTHON} -c "import sysconfig; print(' '.join(filter(None,sysconfig.get_config_vars('LIBDIR'))))"`
python_ldlibrary=`${PYTHON} -c "import sysconfig; print(' '.join(filter(None,sysconfig.get_config_vars('LDLIBRARY'))))"`
# If LDLIBRARY exists and has a shlib extension, use it verbatim.
ldlibrary=`echo "${python_ldlibrary}" | sed -e 's/\.so$//' -e 's/\.dll$//' -e 's/\.dylib$//' -e 's/\.sl$//'`
if test -e "${python_libdir}/${python_ldlibrary}" -a x"${python_ldlibrary}" != x"${ldlibrary}"
then
ldlibrary=`echo "${ldlibrary}" | sed "s/^lib//"`
found_shlib=1
else
# Otherwise, guess the base name of the shlib.
# LDVERSION was added in Python 3.2, before that use VERSION,
# or failing that, $python_version from _PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_DIRS.
python_ldversion=`${PYTHON} -c "import sysconfig; print(' '.join(filter(None,sysconfig.get_config_vars('LDVERSION'))))"`
if test x"${python_ldversion}" != x""; then
ldlibrary="python${python_ldversion}"
else
python_version_var=`${PYTHON} -c "import sysconfig; print(' '.join(filter(None,sysconfig.get_config_vars('VERSION'))))"`
if test x"${python_version_var}" != x""; then
ldlibrary="python${python_version_var}"
else
ldlibrary="python${python_version}"
fi
fi
# Search for a likely-looking file.
found_shlib=0
for d in "${python_libdir}" "${python_configdir}" /usr/lib64 /usr/lib
do
# We don't know the platform DLSUFFIX here, so check 'em all.
for e in .so .dll .dylib .sl; do
if test -e "$d/lib${ldlibrary}$e"; then
python_libdir="$d"
found_shlib=1
break 2
fi
done
done
# Some platforms (OpenBSD) require us to accept a bare versioned shlib
# (".so.n.n") as well. However, check this only after failing to find
# ".so" anywhere, because yet other platforms (Debian) put the .so
# symlink in a different directory from the underlying versioned shlib.
if test "$found_shlib" != 1; then
for d in "${python_libdir}" "${python_configdir}" /usr/lib64 /usr/lib
do
for f in "$d/lib${ldlibrary}.so."* ; do
if test -e "$f"; then
python_libdir="$d"
found_shlib=1
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
# As usual, Windows has its own ideas. Possible default library
# locations include c:/Windows/System32 and (for Cygwin) /usr/bin,
# and the "lib" prefix might not be there.
if test "$found_shlib" != 1 -a \( "$PORTNAME" = win32 -o "$PORTNAME" = cygwin \); then
for d in "${python_libdir}" "${python_configdir}" c:/Windows/System32 /usr/bin
do
for f in "$d/lib${ldlibrary}.dll" "$d/${ldlibrary}.dll" ; do
if test -e "$f"; then
python_libdir="$d"
found_shlib=1
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
if test "$found_shlib" != 1; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find shared library for Python
You might have to rebuild your Python installation. Refer to the
documentation for details. Use --without-python to disable building
PL/Python.])
fi
python_libspec="-L${python_libdir} -l${ldlibrary}"
python_additional_libs=`${PYTHON} -c "import sysconfig; print(' '.join(filter(None,sysconfig.get_config_vars('LIBS','LIBC','LIBM','BASEMODLIBS'))))"`
AC_MSG_RESULT([${python_libspec} ${python_additional_libs}])
AC_SUBST(python_libdir)[]dnl
AC_SUBST(python_libspec)[]dnl
AC_SUBST(python_additional_libs)[]dnl
])# PGAC_CHECK_PYTHON_EMBED_SETUP

105
config/tcl.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
# config/tcl.m4
# Autoconf macros to check for Tcl related things
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_TCLSH],
[PGAC_PATH_PROGS(TCLSH, [tclsh tcl tclsh8.6 tclsh86 tclsh8.5 tclsh85 tclsh8.4 tclsh84])
AC_ARG_VAR(TCLSH, [Tcl interpreter program (tclsh)])dnl
if test x"$TCLSH" = x""; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Tcl shell not found])
fi
])
# PGAC_PATH_TCLCONFIGSH([SEARCH-PATH])
# ------------------------------------
# If the user doesn't specify $TCL_CONFIG_SH directly, search for it in
# the list of directories passed as parameter (from --with-tclconfig).
# If no list is given, try the Tcl shell's $auto_path.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_TCLCONFIGSH],
[AC_REQUIRE([PGAC_PATH_TCLSH])[]dnl
AC_BEFORE([$0], [PGAC_PATH_TKCONFIGSH])[]dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclConfig.sh])
# Let user override test
if test -z "$TCL_CONFIG_SH"; then
pgac_test_dirs="$1"
set X $pgac_test_dirs; shift
if test $[#] -eq 0; then
test -z "$TCLSH" && AC_MSG_ERROR([unable to locate tclConfig.sh because no Tcl shell was found])
pgac_test_dirs=`echo 'puts $auto_path' | $TCLSH`
# On newer macOS, $auto_path frequently doesn't include the place
# where tclConfig.sh actually lives. Append that to the end, so as not
# to break cases where a non-default Tcl installation is being used.
if test -d "$PG_SYSROOT/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework" ; then
pgac_test_dirs="$pgac_test_dirs $PG_SYSROOT/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework"
fi
set X $pgac_test_dirs; shift
fi
for pgac_dir do
if test -r "$pgac_dir/tclConfig.sh"; then
TCL_CONFIG_SH=$pgac_dir/tclConfig.sh
break
fi
done
fi
if test -z "$TCL_CONFIG_SH"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
AC_MSG_ERROR([file 'tclConfig.sh' is required for Tcl])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([$TCL_CONFIG_SH])
fi
AC_SUBST([TCL_CONFIG_SH])
])# PGAC_PATH_TCLCONFIGSH
# PGAC_PATH_TKCONFIGSH([SEARCH-PATH])
# ------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_PATH_TKCONFIGSH],
[AC_REQUIRE([PGAC_PATH_TCLSH])[]dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tkConfig.sh])
# Let user override test
if test -z "$TK_CONFIG_SH"; then
pgac_test_dirs="$1"
set X $pgac_test_dirs; shift
if test $[#] -eq 0; then
test -z "$TCLSH" && AC_MSG_ERROR([unable to locate tkConfig.sh because no Tcl shell was found])
set X `echo 'puts $auto_path' | $TCLSH`; shift
fi
for pgac_dir do
if test -r "$pgac_dir/tkConfig.sh"; then
TK_CONFIG_SH=$pgac_dir/tkConfig.sh
break
fi
done
fi
if test -z "$TK_CONFIG_SH"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
AC_MSG_ERROR([file 'tkConfig.sh' is required for Tk])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([$TK_CONFIG_SH])
fi
AC_SUBST([TK_CONFIG_SH])
])# PGAC_PATH_TKCONFIGSH
# PGAC_EVAL_TCLCONFIGSH(FILE, WANTED-VARS)
# ----------------------------------------
# Assigns variables listed in WANTED-VARS by reading FILE and
# evaluating it according to the quoting scheme of tclConfig.sh and
# tkConfig.sh. Calls AC_SUBST for each variable.
AC_DEFUN([PGAC_EVAL_TCLCONFIGSH],
[. "$1"
m4_foreach([pgac_item], [$2],
[eval pgac_item=\"[$]pgac_item\"
AC_SUBST(pgac_item)])])

21079
configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2494
configure.ac Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

95
contrib/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
# contrib/Makefile
subdir = contrib
top_builddir = ..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
SUBDIRS = \
adminpack \
amcheck \
auth_delay \
auto_explain \
bloom \
btree_gin \
btree_gist \
citext \
cube \
dblink \
dict_int \
dict_xsyn \
earthdistance \
file_fdw \
fuzzystrmatch \
hstore \
intagg \
intarray \
isn \
lo \
ltree \
oid2name \
old_snapshot \
pageinspect \
passwordcheck \
pg_buffercache \
pg_freespacemap \
pg_prewarm \
pg_stat_statements \
pg_surgery \
pg_trgm \
pgcrypto \
pgrowlocks \
pgstattuple \
pg_visibility \
postgres_fdw \
seg \
spi \
tablefunc \
tcn \
test_decoding \
tsm_system_rows \
tsm_system_time \
unaccent \
vacuumlo
ifeq ($(with_ssl),openssl)
SUBDIRS += sslinfo
else
ALWAYS_SUBDIRS += sslinfo
endif
ifneq ($(with_uuid),no)
SUBDIRS += uuid-ossp
else
ALWAYS_SUBDIRS += uuid-ossp
endif
ifeq ($(with_libxml),yes)
SUBDIRS += xml2
else
ALWAYS_SUBDIRS += xml2
endif
ifeq ($(with_selinux),yes)
SUBDIRS += sepgsql
else
ALWAYS_SUBDIRS += sepgsql
endif
ifeq ($(with_perl),yes)
SUBDIRS += bool_plperl hstore_plperl jsonb_plperl
else
ALWAYS_SUBDIRS += bool_plperl hstore_plperl jsonb_plperl
endif
ifeq ($(with_python),yes)
SUBDIRS += hstore_plpython jsonb_plpython ltree_plpython
else
ALWAYS_SUBDIRS += hstore_plpython jsonb_plpython ltree_plpython
endif
# Missing:
# start-scripts \ (does not have a makefile)
$(recurse)
$(recurse_always)

28
contrib/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
The PostgreSQL contrib tree
---------------------------
This subtree contains porting tools, analysis utilities, and plug-in
features that are not part of the core PostgreSQL system, mainly
because they address a limited audience or are too experimental to be
part of the main source tree. This does not preclude their
usefulness.
User documentation for each module appears in the main SGML
documentation.
When building from the source distribution, these modules are not
built automatically, unless you build the "world" target. You can
also build and install them all by running "make all" and "make
install" in this directory; or to build and install just one selected
module, do the same in that module's subdirectory.
Some directories supply new user-defined functions, operators, or
types. To make use of one of these modules, after you have installed
the code you need to register the new SQL objects in the database
system by executing a CREATE EXTENSION command. In a fresh database,
you can simply do
CREATE EXTENSION module_name;
See the PostgreSQL documentation for more information about this
procedure.

4
contrib/adminpack/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
# Generated subdirectories
/log/
/results/
/tmp_check/

24
contrib/adminpack/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
# contrib/adminpack/Makefile
MODULE_big = adminpack
OBJS = \
$(WIN32RES) \
adminpack.o
EXTENSION = adminpack
DATA = adminpack--1.0.sql adminpack--1.0--1.1.sql adminpack--1.1--2.0.sql\
adminpack--2.0--2.1.sql
PGFILEDESC = "adminpack - support functions for pgAdmin"
REGRESS = adminpack
ifdef USE_PGXS
PG_CONFIG = pg_config
PGXS := $(shell $(PG_CONFIG) --pgxs)
include $(PGXS)
else
subdir = contrib/adminpack
top_builddir = ../..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
include $(top_srcdir)/contrib/contrib-global.mk
endif

6
contrib/adminpack/adminpack--1.0--1.1.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
/* contrib/adminpack/adminpack--1.0--1.1.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via ALTER EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION adminpack UPDATE TO '1.1'" to load this file. \quit
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_logfile_rotate() FROM PUBLIC;

53
contrib/adminpack/adminpack--1.0.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* contrib/adminpack/adminpack--1.0.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "CREATE EXTENSION adminpack" to load this file. \quit
/* ***********************************************
* Administrative functions for PostgreSQL
* *********************************************** */
/* generic file access functions */
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_write(text, text, bool)
RETURNS bigint
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_file_write'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_rename(text, text, text)
RETURNS bool
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_file_rename'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE;
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_rename(text, text)
RETURNS bool
AS 'SELECT pg_catalog.pg_file_rename($1, $2, NULL::pg_catalog.text);'
LANGUAGE SQL VOLATILE STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_unlink(text)
RETURNS bool
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_file_unlink'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_logdir_ls()
RETURNS setof record
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_logdir_ls'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE STRICT;
/* Renaming of existing backend functions for pgAdmin compatibility */
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_read(text, bigint, bigint)
RETURNS text
AS 'pg_read_file'
LANGUAGE INTERNAL VOLATILE STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_length(text)
RETURNS bigint
AS 'SELECT size FROM pg_catalog.pg_stat_file($1)'
LANGUAGE SQL VOLATILE STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_logfile_rotate()
RETURNS int4
AS 'pg_rotate_logfile'
LANGUAGE INTERNAL VOLATILE STRICT;

51
contrib/adminpack/adminpack--1.1--2.0.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* contrib/adminpack/adminpack--1.1--2.0.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via ALTER EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION adminpack UPDATE TO '2.0'" to load this file. \quit
/* ***********************************************
* Administrative functions for PostgreSQL
* *********************************************** */
/* generic file access functions */
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_write(text, text, bool)
RETURNS bigint
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_file_write_v1_1'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE STRICT;
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_write(text, text, bool) FROM PUBLIC;
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_rename(text, text, text)
RETURNS bool
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_file_rename_v1_1'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE;
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_rename(text, text, text) FROM PUBLIC;
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_rename(text, text)
RETURNS bool
AS 'SELECT pg_catalog.pg_file_rename($1, $2, NULL::pg_catalog.text);'
LANGUAGE SQL VOLATILE STRICT;
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_unlink(text)
RETURNS bool
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_file_unlink_v1_1'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE STRICT;
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_unlink(text) FROM PUBLIC;
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_logdir_ls()
RETURNS setof record
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_logdir_ls_v1_1'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE STRICT;
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_logdir_ls() FROM PUBLIC;
/* These functions are now in the backend and callers should update to use those */
DROP FUNCTION pg_file_read(text, bigint, bigint);
DROP FUNCTION pg_file_length(text);
DROP FUNCTION pg_logfile_rotate();

17
contrib/adminpack/adminpack--2.0--2.1.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
/* contrib/adminpack/adminpack--2.0--2.1.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via ALTER EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION adminpack UPDATE TO '2.1'" to load this file. \quit
/* ***********************************************
* Administrative functions for PostgreSQL
* *********************************************** */
/* generic file access functions */
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_sync(text)
RETURNS void
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'pg_file_sync'
LANGUAGE C VOLATILE STRICT;
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_catalog.pg_file_sync(text) FROM PUBLIC;

595
contrib/adminpack/adminpack.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* adminpack.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* Author: Andreas Pflug <pgadmin@pse-consulting.de>
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/adminpack/adminpack.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include <sys/file.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "catalog/pg_authid.h"
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
#include "funcapi.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "postmaster/syslogger.h"
#include "storage/fd.h"
#include "utils/acl.h"
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/datetime.h"
#ifdef WIN32
#ifdef rename
#undef rename
#endif
#ifdef unlink
#undef unlink
#endif
#endif
PG_MODULE_MAGIC;
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_file_write);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_file_write_v1_1);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_file_sync);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_file_rename);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_file_rename_v1_1);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_file_unlink);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_file_unlink_v1_1);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_logdir_ls);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(pg_logdir_ls_v1_1);
static int64 pg_file_write_internal(text *file, text *data, bool replace);
static bool pg_file_rename_internal(text *file1, text *file2, text *file3);
static Datum pg_logdir_ls_internal(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
/*-----------------------
* some helper functions
*/
/*
* Convert a "text" filename argument to C string, and check it's allowable.
*
* Filename may be absolute or relative to the DataDir, but we only allow
* absolute paths that match DataDir.
*/
static char *
convert_and_check_filename(text *arg)
{
char *filename = text_to_cstring(arg);
canonicalize_path(filename); /* filename can change length here */
/*
* Members of the 'pg_write_server_files' role are allowed to access any
* files on the server as the PG user, so no need to do any further checks
* here.
*/
if (is_member_of_role(GetUserId(), ROLE_PG_WRITE_SERVER_FILES))
return filename;
/*
* User isn't a member of the pg_write_server_files role, so check if it's
* allowable
*/
if (is_absolute_path(filename))
{
/* Disallow '/a/b/data/..' */
if (path_contains_parent_reference(filename))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("reference to parent directory (\"..\") not allowed")));
/* Allow absolute paths if within DataDir */
if (!path_is_prefix_of_path(DataDir, filename))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("absolute path not allowed")));
}
else if (!path_is_relative_and_below_cwd(filename))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("path must be in or below the current directory")));
return filename;
}
/*
* check for superuser, bark if not.
*/
static void
requireSuperuser(void)
{
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("only superuser may access generic file functions")));
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_write - old version
*
* The superuser() check here must be kept as the library might be upgraded
* without the extension being upgraded, meaning that in pre-1.1 installations
* these functions could be called by any user.
*/
Datum
pg_file_write(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
text *file = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0);
text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(1);
bool replace = PG_GETARG_BOOL(2);
int64 count = 0;
requireSuperuser();
count = pg_file_write_internal(file, data, replace);
PG_RETURN_INT64(count);
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_write_v1_1 - Version 1.1
*
* As of adminpack version 1.1, we no longer need to check if the user
* is a superuser because we REVOKE EXECUTE on the function from PUBLIC.
* Users can then grant access to it based on their policies.
*
* Otherwise identical to pg_file_write (above).
*/
Datum
pg_file_write_v1_1(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
text *file = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0);
text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(1);
bool replace = PG_GETARG_BOOL(2);
int64 count = 0;
count = pg_file_write_internal(file, data, replace);
PG_RETURN_INT64(count);
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_write_internal - Workhorse for pg_file_write functions.
*
* This handles the actual work for pg_file_write.
*/
static int64
pg_file_write_internal(text *file, text *data, bool replace)
{
FILE *f;
char *filename;
int64 count = 0;
filename = convert_and_check_filename(file);
if (!replace)
{
struct stat fst;
if (stat(filename, &fst) >= 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_FILE),
errmsg("file \"%s\" exists", filename)));
f = AllocateFile(filename, "wb");
}
else
f = AllocateFile(filename, "ab");
if (!f)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for writing: %m",
filename)));
count = fwrite(VARDATA_ANY(data), 1, VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(data), f);
if (count != VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(data) || FreeFile(f))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
return (count);
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_sync
*
* We REVOKE EXECUTE on the function from PUBLIC.
* Users can then grant access to it based on their policies.
*/
Datum
pg_file_sync(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
char *filename;
struct stat fst;
filename = convert_and_check_filename(PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0));
if (stat(filename, &fst) < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not stat file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
fsync_fname_ext(filename, S_ISDIR(fst.st_mode), false, ERROR);
PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_rename - old version
*
* The superuser() check here must be kept as the library might be upgraded
* without the extension being upgraded, meaning that in pre-1.1 installations
* these functions could be called by any user.
*/
Datum
pg_file_rename(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
text *file1;
text *file2;
text *file3;
bool result;
requireSuperuser();
if (PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_ARGISNULL(1))
PG_RETURN_NULL();
file1 = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0);
file2 = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(1);
if (PG_ARGISNULL(2))
file3 = NULL;
else
file3 = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(2);
result = pg_file_rename_internal(file1, file2, file3);
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_rename_v1_1 - Version 1.1
*
* As of adminpack version 1.1, we no longer need to check if the user
* is a superuser because we REVOKE EXECUTE on the function from PUBLIC.
* Users can then grant access to it based on their policies.
*
* Otherwise identical to pg_file_write (above).
*/
Datum
pg_file_rename_v1_1(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
text *file1;
text *file2;
text *file3;
bool result;
if (PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_ARGISNULL(1))
PG_RETURN_NULL();
file1 = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0);
file2 = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(1);
if (PG_ARGISNULL(2))
file3 = NULL;
else
file3 = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(2);
result = pg_file_rename_internal(file1, file2, file3);
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_rename_internal - Workhorse for pg_file_rename functions.
*
* This handles the actual work for pg_file_rename.
*/
static bool
pg_file_rename_internal(text *file1, text *file2, text *file3)
{
char *fn1,
*fn2,
*fn3;
int rc;
fn1 = convert_and_check_filename(file1);
fn2 = convert_and_check_filename(file2);
if (file3 == NULL)
fn3 = NULL;
else
fn3 = convert_and_check_filename(file3);
if (access(fn1, W_OK) < 0)
{
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("file \"%s\" is not accessible: %m", fn1)));
return false;
}
if (fn3 && access(fn2, W_OK) < 0)
{
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("file \"%s\" is not accessible: %m", fn2)));
return false;
}
rc = access(fn3 ? fn3 : fn2, W_OK);
if (rc >= 0 || errno != ENOENT)
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_FILE),
errmsg("cannot rename to target file \"%s\"",
fn3 ? fn3 : fn2)));
}
if (fn3)
{
if (rename(fn2, fn3) != 0)
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not rename \"%s\" to \"%s\": %m",
fn2, fn3)));
}
if (rename(fn1, fn2) != 0)
{
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not rename \"%s\" to \"%s\": %m",
fn1, fn2)));
if (rename(fn3, fn2) != 0)
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not rename \"%s\" back to \"%s\": %m",
fn3, fn2)));
}
else
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FILE),
errmsg("renaming \"%s\" to \"%s\" was reverted",
fn2, fn3)));
}
}
}
else if (rename(fn1, fn2) != 0)
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not rename \"%s\" to \"%s\": %m", fn1, fn2)));
}
return true;
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_unlink - old version
*
* The superuser() check here must be kept as the library might be upgraded
* without the extension being upgraded, meaning that in pre-1.1 installations
* these functions could be called by any user.
*/
Datum
pg_file_unlink(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
char *filename;
requireSuperuser();
filename = convert_and_check_filename(PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0));
if (access(filename, W_OK) < 0)
{
if (errno == ENOENT)
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("file \"%s\" is not accessible: %m", filename)));
}
if (unlink(filename) < 0)
{
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not unlink file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
}
PG_RETURN_BOOL(true);
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_file_unlink_v1_1 - Version 1.1
*
* As of adminpack version 1.1, we no longer need to check if the user
* is a superuser because we REVOKE EXECUTE on the function from PUBLIC.
* Users can then grant access to it based on their policies.
*
* Otherwise identical to pg_file_unlink (above).
*/
Datum
pg_file_unlink_v1_1(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
char *filename;
filename = convert_and_check_filename(PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0));
if (access(filename, W_OK) < 0)
{
if (errno == ENOENT)
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("file \"%s\" is not accessible: %m", filename)));
}
if (unlink(filename) < 0)
{
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not unlink file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
}
PG_RETURN_BOOL(true);
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_logdir_ls - Old version
*
* The superuser() check here must be kept as the library might be upgraded
* without the extension being upgraded, meaning that in pre-1.1 installations
* these functions could be called by any user.
*/
Datum
pg_logdir_ls(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("only superuser can list the log directory")));
return (pg_logdir_ls_internal(fcinfo));
}
/* ------------------------------------
* pg_logdir_ls_v1_1 - Version 1.1
*
* As of adminpack version 1.1, we no longer need to check if the user
* is a superuser because we REVOKE EXECUTE on the function from PUBLIC.
* Users can then grant access to it based on their policies.
*
* Otherwise identical to pg_logdir_ls (above).
*/
Datum
pg_logdir_ls_v1_1(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
return (pg_logdir_ls_internal(fcinfo));
}
static Datum
pg_logdir_ls_internal(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo)
{
ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
bool randomAccess;
TupleDesc tupdesc;
Tuplestorestate *tupstore;
AttInMetadata *attinmeta;
DIR *dirdesc;
struct dirent *de;
MemoryContext oldcontext;
if (strcmp(Log_filename, "postgresql-%Y-%m-%d_%H%M%S.log") != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("the log_filename parameter must equal 'postgresql-%%Y-%%m-%%d_%%H%%M%%S.log'")));
/* check to see if caller supports us returning a tuplestore */
if (rsinfo == NULL || !IsA(rsinfo, ReturnSetInfo))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set")));
if (!(rsinfo->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("materialize mode required, but it is not allowed in this context")));
/* The tupdesc and tuplestore must be created in ecxt_per_query_memory */
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(rsinfo->econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory);
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(2);
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, "starttime",
TIMESTAMPOID, -1, 0);
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 2, "filename",
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
randomAccess = (rsinfo->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize_Random) != 0;
tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(randomAccess, false, work_mem);
rsinfo->returnMode = SFRM_Materialize;
rsinfo->setResult = tupstore;
rsinfo->setDesc = tupdesc;
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
dirdesc = AllocateDir(Log_directory);
while ((de = ReadDir(dirdesc, Log_directory)) != NULL)
{
char *values[2];
HeapTuple tuple;
char timestampbuf[32];
char *field[MAXDATEFIELDS];
char lowstr[MAXDATELEN + 1];
int dtype;
int nf,
ftype[MAXDATEFIELDS];
fsec_t fsec;
int tz = 0;
struct pg_tm date;
/*
* Default format: postgresql-YYYY-MM-DD_HHMMSS.log
*/
if (strlen(de->d_name) != 32
|| strncmp(de->d_name, "postgresql-", 11) != 0
|| de->d_name[21] != '_'
|| strcmp(de->d_name + 28, ".log") != 0)
continue;
/* extract timestamp portion of filename */
strcpy(timestampbuf, de->d_name + 11);
timestampbuf[17] = '\0';
/* parse and decode expected timestamp to verify it's OK format */
if (ParseDateTime(timestampbuf, lowstr, MAXDATELEN, field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf))
continue;
if (DecodeDateTime(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, &date, &fsec, &tz))
continue;
/* Seems the timestamp is OK; prepare and return tuple */
values[0] = timestampbuf;
values[1] = psprintf("%s/%s", Log_directory, de->d_name);
tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(attinmeta, values);
tuplestore_puttuple(tupstore, tuple);
}
FreeDir(dirdesc);
return (Datum) 0;
}

6
contrib/adminpack/adminpack.control Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
# adminpack extension
comment = 'administrative functions for PostgreSQL'
default_version = '2.1'
module_pathname = '$libdir/adminpack'
relocatable = false
schema = pg_catalog

172
contrib/adminpack/expected/adminpack.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
CREATE EXTENSION adminpack;
-- create new file
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file1', 'test1', false);
pg_file_write
---------------
5
(1 row)
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1');
pg_read_file
--------------
test1
(1 row)
-- append
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file1', 'test1', true);
pg_file_write
---------------
5
(1 row)
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1');
pg_read_file
--------------
test1test1
(1 row)
-- error, already exists
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file1', 'test1', false);
ERROR: file "test_file1" exists
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1');
pg_read_file
--------------
test1test1
(1 row)
-- disallowed file paths for non-superusers and users who are
-- not members of pg_write_server_files
CREATE ROLE regress_user1;
GRANT pg_read_all_settings TO regress_user1;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_file_write(text,text,bool) TO regress_user1;
SET ROLE regress_user1;
SELECT pg_file_write('../test_file0', 'test0', false);
ERROR: path must be in or below the current directory
SELECT pg_file_write('/tmp/test_file0', 'test0', false);
ERROR: absolute path not allowed
SELECT pg_file_write(current_setting('data_directory') || '/test_file4', 'test4', false);
pg_file_write
---------------
5
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_write(current_setting('data_directory') || '/../test_file4', 'test4', false);
ERROR: reference to parent directory ("..") not allowed
RESET ROLE;
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_file_write(text,text,bool) FROM regress_user1;
REVOKE pg_read_all_settings FROM regress_user1;
DROP ROLE regress_user1;
-- sync
SELECT pg_file_sync('test_file1'); -- sync file
pg_file_sync
--------------
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_sync('pg_stat'); -- sync directory
pg_file_sync
--------------
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_sync('test_file2'); -- not there
ERROR: could not stat file "test_file2": No such file or directory
-- rename file
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file1', 'test_file2');
pg_file_rename
----------------
t
(1 row)
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1'); -- not there
ERROR: could not open file "test_file1" for reading: No such file or directory
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file2');
pg_read_file
--------------
test1test1
(1 row)
-- error
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file1', 'test_file2');
WARNING: file "test_file1" is not accessible: No such file or directory
pg_file_rename
----------------
f
(1 row)
-- rename file and archive
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file3', 'test3', false);
pg_file_write
---------------
5
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file2', 'test_file3', 'test_file3_archive');
pg_file_rename
----------------
t
(1 row)
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file2'); -- not there
ERROR: could not open file "test_file2" for reading: No such file or directory
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file3');
pg_read_file
--------------
test1test1
(1 row)
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file3_archive');
pg_read_file
--------------
test3
(1 row)
-- unlink
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file1'); -- does not exist
pg_file_unlink
----------------
f
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file2'); -- does not exist
pg_file_unlink
----------------
f
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file3');
pg_file_unlink
----------------
t
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file3_archive');
pg_file_unlink
----------------
t
(1 row)
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file4');
pg_file_unlink
----------------
t
(1 row)
-- superuser checks
CREATE USER regress_user1;
SET ROLE regress_user1;
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file0', 'test0', false);
ERROR: permission denied for function pg_file_write
SELECT pg_file_sync('test_file0');
ERROR: permission denied for function pg_file_sync
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file0', 'test_file0');
ERROR: permission denied for function pg_file_rename
CONTEXT: SQL function "pg_file_rename" statement 1
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file0');
ERROR: permission denied for function pg_file_unlink
SELECT pg_logdir_ls();
ERROR: permission denied for function pg_logdir_ls
RESET ROLE;
DROP USER regress_user1;
-- no further tests for pg_logdir_ls() because it depends on the
-- server's logging setup

76
contrib/adminpack/sql/adminpack.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
CREATE EXTENSION adminpack;
-- create new file
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file1', 'test1', false);
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1');
-- append
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file1', 'test1', true);
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1');
-- error, already exists
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file1', 'test1', false);
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1');
-- disallowed file paths for non-superusers and users who are
-- not members of pg_write_server_files
CREATE ROLE regress_user1;
GRANT pg_read_all_settings TO regress_user1;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_file_write(text,text,bool) TO regress_user1;
SET ROLE regress_user1;
SELECT pg_file_write('../test_file0', 'test0', false);
SELECT pg_file_write('/tmp/test_file0', 'test0', false);
SELECT pg_file_write(current_setting('data_directory') || '/test_file4', 'test4', false);
SELECT pg_file_write(current_setting('data_directory') || '/../test_file4', 'test4', false);
RESET ROLE;
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_file_write(text,text,bool) FROM regress_user1;
REVOKE pg_read_all_settings FROM regress_user1;
DROP ROLE regress_user1;
-- sync
SELECT pg_file_sync('test_file1'); -- sync file
SELECT pg_file_sync('pg_stat'); -- sync directory
SELECT pg_file_sync('test_file2'); -- not there
-- rename file
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file1', 'test_file2');
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file1'); -- not there
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file2');
-- error
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file1', 'test_file2');
-- rename file and archive
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file3', 'test3', false);
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file2', 'test_file3', 'test_file3_archive');
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file2'); -- not there
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file3');
SELECT pg_read_file('test_file3_archive');
-- unlink
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file1'); -- does not exist
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file2'); -- does not exist
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file3');
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file3_archive');
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file4');
-- superuser checks
CREATE USER regress_user1;
SET ROLE regress_user1;
SELECT pg_file_write('test_file0', 'test0', false);
SELECT pg_file_sync('test_file0');
SELECT pg_file_rename('test_file0', 'test_file0');
SELECT pg_file_unlink('test_file0');
SELECT pg_logdir_ls();
RESET ROLE;
DROP USER regress_user1;
-- no further tests for pg_logdir_ls() because it depends on the
-- server's logging setup

4
contrib/amcheck/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
# Generated subdirectories
/log/
/results/
/tmp_check/

26
contrib/amcheck/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# contrib/amcheck/Makefile
MODULE_big = amcheck
OBJS = \
$(WIN32RES) \
verify_heapam.o \
verify_nbtree.o
EXTENSION = amcheck
DATA = amcheck--1.2--1.3.sql amcheck--1.1--1.2.sql amcheck--1.0--1.1.sql amcheck--1.0.sql
PGFILEDESC = "amcheck - function for verifying relation integrity"
REGRESS = check check_btree check_heap
TAP_TESTS = 1
ifdef USE_PGXS
PG_CONFIG = pg_config
PGXS := $(shell $(PG_CONFIG) --pgxs)
include $(PGXS)
else
subdir = contrib/amcheck
top_builddir = ../..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
include $(top_srcdir)/contrib/contrib-global.mk
endif

29
contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.0--1.1.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.0--1.1.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION amcheck UPDATE TO '1.1'" to load this file. \quit
-- In order to avoid issues with dependencies when updating amcheck to 1.1,
-- create new, overloaded versions of the 1.0 functions
--
-- bt_index_check()
--
CREATE FUNCTION bt_index_check(index regclass,
heapallindexed boolean)
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'bt_index_check'
LANGUAGE C STRICT PARALLEL RESTRICTED;
--
-- bt_index_parent_check()
--
CREATE FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(index regclass,
heapallindexed boolean)
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'bt_index_parent_check'
LANGUAGE C STRICT PARALLEL RESTRICTED;
-- Don't want these to be available to public
REVOKE ALL ON FUNCTION bt_index_check(regclass, boolean) FROM PUBLIC;
REVOKE ALL ON FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(regclass, boolean) FROM PUBLIC;

24
contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.0.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/* contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.0.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "CREATE EXTENSION amcheck" to load this file. \quit
--
-- bt_index_check()
--
CREATE FUNCTION bt_index_check(index regclass)
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'bt_index_check'
LANGUAGE C STRICT PARALLEL RESTRICTED;
--
-- bt_index_parent_check()
--
CREATE FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(index regclass)
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'bt_index_parent_check'
LANGUAGE C STRICT PARALLEL RESTRICTED;
-- Don't want these to be available to public
REVOKE ALL ON FUNCTION bt_index_check(regclass) FROM PUBLIC;
REVOKE ALL ON FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(regclass) FROM PUBLIC;

19
contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.1--1.2.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
/* contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.1--1.2.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION amcheck UPDATE TO '1.2'" to load this file. \quit
-- In order to avoid issues with dependencies when updating amcheck to 1.2,
-- create new, overloaded version of the 1.1 function signature
--
-- bt_index_parent_check()
--
CREATE FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(index regclass,
heapallindexed boolean, rootdescend boolean)
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'bt_index_parent_check'
LANGUAGE C STRICT PARALLEL RESTRICTED;
-- Don't want this to be available to public
REVOKE ALL ON FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(regclass, boolean, boolean) FROM PUBLIC;

30
contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.2--1.3.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* contrib/amcheck/amcheck--1.2--1.3.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION amcheck UPDATE TO '1.3'" to load this file. \quit
--
-- verify_heapam()
--
CREATE FUNCTION verify_heapam(relation regclass,
on_error_stop boolean default false,
check_toast boolean default false,
skip text default 'none',
startblock bigint default null,
endblock bigint default null,
blkno OUT bigint,
offnum OUT integer,
attnum OUT integer,
msg OUT text)
RETURNS SETOF record
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'verify_heapam'
LANGUAGE C;
-- Don't want this to be available to public
REVOKE ALL ON FUNCTION verify_heapam(regclass,
boolean,
boolean,
text,
bigint,
bigint)
FROM PUBLIC;

5
contrib/amcheck/amcheck.control Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
# amcheck extension
comment = 'functions for verifying relation integrity'
default_version = '1.3'
module_pathname = '$libdir/amcheck'
relocatable = true

1
contrib/amcheck/expected/check.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
CREATE EXTENSION amcheck;

187
contrib/amcheck/expected/check_btree.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
CREATE TABLE bttest_a(id int8);
CREATE TABLE bttest_b(id int8);
CREATE TABLE bttest_multi(id int8, data int8);
CREATE TABLE delete_test_table (a bigint, b bigint, c bigint, d bigint);
-- Stabalize tests
ALTER TABLE bttest_a SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
ALTER TABLE bttest_b SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
ALTER TABLE bttest_multi SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
ALTER TABLE delete_test_table SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
INSERT INTO bttest_a SELECT * FROM generate_series(1, 100000);
INSERT INTO bttest_b SELECT * FROM generate_series(100000, 1, -1);
INSERT INTO bttest_multi SELECT i, i%2 FROM generate_series(1, 100000) as i;
CREATE INDEX bttest_a_idx ON bttest_a USING btree (id) WITH (deduplicate_items = ON);
CREATE INDEX bttest_b_idx ON bttest_b USING btree (id);
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX bttest_multi_idx ON bttest_multi
USING btree (id) INCLUDE (data);
CREATE ROLE regress_bttest_role;
-- verify permissions are checked (error due to function not callable)
SET ROLE regress_bttest_role;
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx'::regclass);
ERROR: permission denied for function bt_index_check
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a_idx'::regclass);
ERROR: permission denied for function bt_index_parent_check
RESET ROLE;
-- we, intentionally, don't check relation permissions - it's useful
-- to run this cluster-wide with a restricted account, and as tested
-- above explicit permission has to be granted for that.
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_check(regclass) TO regress_bttest_role;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(regclass) TO regress_bttest_role;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_check(regclass, boolean) TO regress_bttest_role;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(regclass, boolean) TO regress_bttest_role;
SET ROLE regress_bttest_role;
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx');
bt_index_check
----------------
(1 row)
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a_idx');
bt_index_parent_check
-----------------------
(1 row)
RESET ROLE;
-- verify plain tables are rejected (error)
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a');
ERROR: "bttest_a" is not an index
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a');
ERROR: "bttest_a" is not an index
-- verify non-existing indexes are rejected (error)
SELECT bt_index_check(17);
ERROR: could not open relation with OID 17
SELECT bt_index_parent_check(17);
ERROR: could not open relation with OID 17
-- verify wrong index types are rejected (error)
BEGIN;
CREATE INDEX bttest_a_brin_idx ON bttest_a USING brin(id);
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a_brin_idx');
ERROR: only B-Tree indexes are supported as targets for verification
DETAIL: Relation "bttest_a_brin_idx" is not a B-Tree index.
ROLLBACK;
-- normal check outside of xact
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx');
bt_index_check
----------------
(1 row)
-- more expansive tests
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx', true);
bt_index_check
----------------
(1 row)
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_b_idx', true);
bt_index_parent_check
-----------------------
(1 row)
BEGIN;
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx');
bt_index_check
----------------
(1 row)
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_b_idx');
bt_index_parent_check
-----------------------
(1 row)
-- make sure we don't have any leftover locks
SELECT * FROM pg_locks
WHERE relation = ANY(ARRAY['bttest_a', 'bttest_a_idx', 'bttest_b', 'bttest_b_idx']::regclass[])
AND pid = pg_backend_pid();
locktype | database | relation | page | tuple | virtualxid | transactionid | classid | objid | objsubid | virtualtransaction | pid | mode | granted | fastpath | waitstart
----------+----------+----------+------+-------+------------+---------------+---------+-------+----------+--------------------+-----+------+---------+----------+-----------
(0 rows)
COMMIT;
-- Deduplication
TRUNCATE bttest_a;
INSERT INTO bttest_a SELECT 42 FROM generate_series(1, 2000);
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx', true);
bt_index_check
----------------
(1 row)
-- normal check outside of xact for index with included columns
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_multi_idx');
bt_index_check
----------------
(1 row)
-- more expansive tests for index with included columns
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_multi_idx', true, true);
bt_index_parent_check
-----------------------
(1 row)
-- repeat expansive tests for index built using insertions
TRUNCATE bttest_multi;
INSERT INTO bttest_multi SELECT i, i%2 FROM generate_series(1, 100000) as i;
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_multi_idx', true, true);
bt_index_parent_check
-----------------------
(1 row)
--
-- Test for multilevel page deletion/downlink present checks, and rootdescend
-- checks
--
INSERT INTO delete_test_table SELECT i, 1, 2, 3 FROM generate_series(1,80000) i;
ALTER TABLE delete_test_table ADD PRIMARY KEY (a,b,c,d);
-- Delete most entries, and vacuum, deleting internal pages and creating "fast
-- root"
DELETE FROM delete_test_table WHERE a < 79990;
VACUUM delete_test_table;
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('delete_test_table_pkey', true);
bt_index_parent_check
-----------------------
(1 row)
--
-- BUG #15597: must not assume consistent input toasting state when forming
-- tuple. Bloom filter must fingerprint normalized index tuple representation.
--
CREATE TABLE toast_bug(buggy text);
ALTER TABLE toast_bug ALTER COLUMN buggy SET STORAGE extended;
CREATE INDEX toasty ON toast_bug(buggy);
-- pg_attribute entry for toasty.buggy (the index) will have plain storage:
UPDATE pg_attribute SET attstorage = 'p'
WHERE attrelid = 'toasty'::regclass AND attname = 'buggy';
-- Whereas pg_attribute entry for toast_bug.buggy (the table) still has extended storage:
SELECT attstorage FROM pg_attribute
WHERE attrelid = 'toast_bug'::regclass AND attname = 'buggy';
attstorage
------------
x
(1 row)
-- Insert compressible heap tuple (comfortably exceeds TOAST_TUPLE_THRESHOLD):
INSERT INTO toast_bug SELECT repeat('a', 2200);
-- Should not get false positive report of corruption:
SELECT bt_index_check('toasty', true);
bt_index_check
----------------
(1 row)
-- cleanup
DROP TABLE bttest_a;
DROP TABLE bttest_b;
DROP TABLE bttest_multi;
DROP TABLE delete_test_table;
DROP TABLE toast_bug;
DROP OWNED BY regress_bttest_role; -- permissions
DROP ROLE regress_bttest_role;

194
contrib/amcheck/expected/check_heap.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
CREATE TABLE heaptest (a integer, b text);
REVOKE ALL ON heaptest FROM PUBLIC;
-- Check that invalid skip option is rejected
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'rope');
ERROR: invalid skip option
HINT: Valid skip options are "all-visible", "all-frozen", and "none".
-- Check specifying invalid block ranges when verifying an empty table
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 0);
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 5, endblock := 8);
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for an empty table, and that skip enum-like parameter is case-insensitive
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'none');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-frozen');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-visible');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'None');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'All-Frozen');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'All-Visible');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'NONE');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'ALL-FROZEN');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'ALL-VISIBLE');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
-- Add some data so subsequent tests are not entirely trivial
INSERT INTO heaptest (a, b)
(SELECT gs, repeat('x', gs)
FROM generate_series(1,50) gs);
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for a non-empty table
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'none');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-frozen');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-visible');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 0);
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
CREATE ROLE regress_heaptest_role;
-- verify permissions are checked (error due to function not callable)
SET ROLE regress_heaptest_role;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest');
ERROR: permission denied for function verify_heapam
RESET ROLE;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION verify_heapam(regclass, boolean, boolean, text, bigint, bigint) TO regress_heaptest_role;
-- verify permissions are now sufficient
SET ROLE regress_heaptest_role;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
RESET ROLE;
-- Check specifying invalid block ranges when verifying a non-empty table.
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 10000);
ERROR: ending block number must be between 0 and 0
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 10000, endblock := 11000);
ERROR: starting block number must be between 0 and 0
-- Vacuum freeze to change the xids encountered in subsequent tests
VACUUM (FREEZE, DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) heaptest;
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for a non-empty frozen table
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'none');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-frozen');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-visible');
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 0);
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
-- Check that partitioned tables (the parent ones) which don't have visibility
-- maps are rejected
CREATE TABLE test_partitioned (a int, b text default repeat('x', 5000))
PARTITION BY list (a);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_partitioned',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
ERROR: "test_partitioned" is not a table, materialized view, or TOAST table
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for an empty partition table (the child one)
CREATE TABLE test_partition partition OF test_partitioned FOR VALUES IN (1);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_partition',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for a non-empty partition table (the child one)
INSERT INTO test_partitioned (a) (SELECT 1 FROM generate_series(1,1000) gs);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_partition',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
blkno | offnum | attnum | msg
-------+--------+--------+-----
(0 rows)
-- Check that indexes are rejected
CREATE INDEX test_index ON test_partition (a);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_index',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
ERROR: "test_index" is not a table, materialized view, or TOAST table
-- Check that views are rejected
CREATE VIEW test_view AS SELECT 1;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_view',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
ERROR: "test_view" is not a table, materialized view, or TOAST table
-- Check that sequences are rejected
CREATE SEQUENCE test_sequence;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_sequence',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
ERROR: "test_sequence" is not a table, materialized view, or TOAST table
-- Check that foreign tables are rejected
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dummy;
CREATE SERVER dummy_server FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dummy;
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE test_foreign_table () SERVER dummy_server;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_foreign_table',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
ERROR: "test_foreign_table" is not a table, materialized view, or TOAST table
-- cleanup
DROP TABLE heaptest;
DROP TABLE test_partition;
DROP TABLE test_partitioned;
DROP OWNED BY regress_heaptest_role; -- permissions
DROP ROLE regress_heaptest_role;

1
contrib/amcheck/sql/check.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
CREATE EXTENSION amcheck;

125
contrib/amcheck/sql/check_btree.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
CREATE TABLE bttest_a(id int8);
CREATE TABLE bttest_b(id int8);
CREATE TABLE bttest_multi(id int8, data int8);
CREATE TABLE delete_test_table (a bigint, b bigint, c bigint, d bigint);
-- Stabalize tests
ALTER TABLE bttest_a SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
ALTER TABLE bttest_b SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
ALTER TABLE bttest_multi SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
ALTER TABLE delete_test_table SET (autovacuum_enabled = false);
INSERT INTO bttest_a SELECT * FROM generate_series(1, 100000);
INSERT INTO bttest_b SELECT * FROM generate_series(100000, 1, -1);
INSERT INTO bttest_multi SELECT i, i%2 FROM generate_series(1, 100000) as i;
CREATE INDEX bttest_a_idx ON bttest_a USING btree (id) WITH (deduplicate_items = ON);
CREATE INDEX bttest_b_idx ON bttest_b USING btree (id);
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX bttest_multi_idx ON bttest_multi
USING btree (id) INCLUDE (data);
CREATE ROLE regress_bttest_role;
-- verify permissions are checked (error due to function not callable)
SET ROLE regress_bttest_role;
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx'::regclass);
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a_idx'::regclass);
RESET ROLE;
-- we, intentionally, don't check relation permissions - it's useful
-- to run this cluster-wide with a restricted account, and as tested
-- above explicit permission has to be granted for that.
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_check(regclass) TO regress_bttest_role;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(regclass) TO regress_bttest_role;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_check(regclass, boolean) TO regress_bttest_role;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION bt_index_parent_check(regclass, boolean) TO regress_bttest_role;
SET ROLE regress_bttest_role;
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx');
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a_idx');
RESET ROLE;
-- verify plain tables are rejected (error)
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a');
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a');
-- verify non-existing indexes are rejected (error)
SELECT bt_index_check(17);
SELECT bt_index_parent_check(17);
-- verify wrong index types are rejected (error)
BEGIN;
CREATE INDEX bttest_a_brin_idx ON bttest_a USING brin(id);
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_a_brin_idx');
ROLLBACK;
-- normal check outside of xact
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx');
-- more expansive tests
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx', true);
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_b_idx', true);
BEGIN;
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx');
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_b_idx');
-- make sure we don't have any leftover locks
SELECT * FROM pg_locks
WHERE relation = ANY(ARRAY['bttest_a', 'bttest_a_idx', 'bttest_b', 'bttest_b_idx']::regclass[])
AND pid = pg_backend_pid();
COMMIT;
-- Deduplication
TRUNCATE bttest_a;
INSERT INTO bttest_a SELECT 42 FROM generate_series(1, 2000);
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_a_idx', true);
-- normal check outside of xact for index with included columns
SELECT bt_index_check('bttest_multi_idx');
-- more expansive tests for index with included columns
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_multi_idx', true, true);
-- repeat expansive tests for index built using insertions
TRUNCATE bttest_multi;
INSERT INTO bttest_multi SELECT i, i%2 FROM generate_series(1, 100000) as i;
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('bttest_multi_idx', true, true);
--
-- Test for multilevel page deletion/downlink present checks, and rootdescend
-- checks
--
INSERT INTO delete_test_table SELECT i, 1, 2, 3 FROM generate_series(1,80000) i;
ALTER TABLE delete_test_table ADD PRIMARY KEY (a,b,c,d);
-- Delete most entries, and vacuum, deleting internal pages and creating "fast
-- root"
DELETE FROM delete_test_table WHERE a < 79990;
VACUUM delete_test_table;
SELECT bt_index_parent_check('delete_test_table_pkey', true);
--
-- BUG #15597: must not assume consistent input toasting state when forming
-- tuple. Bloom filter must fingerprint normalized index tuple representation.
--
CREATE TABLE toast_bug(buggy text);
ALTER TABLE toast_bug ALTER COLUMN buggy SET STORAGE extended;
CREATE INDEX toasty ON toast_bug(buggy);
-- pg_attribute entry for toasty.buggy (the index) will have plain storage:
UPDATE pg_attribute SET attstorage = 'p'
WHERE attrelid = 'toasty'::regclass AND attname = 'buggy';
-- Whereas pg_attribute entry for toast_bug.buggy (the table) still has extended storage:
SELECT attstorage FROM pg_attribute
WHERE attrelid = 'toast_bug'::regclass AND attname = 'buggy';
-- Insert compressible heap tuple (comfortably exceeds TOAST_TUPLE_THRESHOLD):
INSERT INTO toast_bug SELECT repeat('a', 2200);
-- Should not get false positive report of corruption:
SELECT bt_index_check('toasty', true);
-- cleanup
DROP TABLE bttest_a;
DROP TABLE bttest_b;
DROP TABLE bttest_multi;
DROP TABLE delete_test_table;
DROP TABLE toast_bug;
DROP OWNED BY regress_bttest_role; -- permissions
DROP ROLE regress_bttest_role;

116
contrib/amcheck/sql/check_heap.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
CREATE TABLE heaptest (a integer, b text);
REVOKE ALL ON heaptest FROM PUBLIC;
-- Check that invalid skip option is rejected
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'rope');
-- Check specifying invalid block ranges when verifying an empty table
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 0);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 5, endblock := 8);
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for an empty table, and that skip enum-like parameter is case-insensitive
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'none');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-frozen');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-visible');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'None');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'All-Frozen');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'All-Visible');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'NONE');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'ALL-FROZEN');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'ALL-VISIBLE');
-- Add some data so subsequent tests are not entirely trivial
INSERT INTO heaptest (a, b)
(SELECT gs, repeat('x', gs)
FROM generate_series(1,50) gs);
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for a non-empty table
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'none');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-frozen');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-visible');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 0);
CREATE ROLE regress_heaptest_role;
-- verify permissions are checked (error due to function not callable)
SET ROLE regress_heaptest_role;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest');
RESET ROLE;
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION verify_heapam(regclass, boolean, boolean, text, bigint, bigint) TO regress_heaptest_role;
-- verify permissions are now sufficient
SET ROLE regress_heaptest_role;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest');
RESET ROLE;
-- Check specifying invalid block ranges when verifying a non-empty table.
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 10000);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 10000, endblock := 11000);
-- Vacuum freeze to change the xids encountered in subsequent tests
VACUUM (FREEZE, DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) heaptest;
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for a non-empty frozen table
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'none');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-frozen');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', skip := 'all-visible');
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam(relation := 'heaptest', startblock := 0, endblock := 0);
-- Check that partitioned tables (the parent ones) which don't have visibility
-- maps are rejected
CREATE TABLE test_partitioned (a int, b text default repeat('x', 5000))
PARTITION BY list (a);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_partitioned',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for an empty partition table (the child one)
CREATE TABLE test_partition partition OF test_partitioned FOR VALUES IN (1);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_partition',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
-- Check that valid options are not rejected nor corruption reported
-- for a non-empty partition table (the child one)
INSERT INTO test_partitioned (a) (SELECT 1 FROM generate_series(1,1000) gs);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_partition',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
-- Check that indexes are rejected
CREATE INDEX test_index ON test_partition (a);
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_index',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
-- Check that views are rejected
CREATE VIEW test_view AS SELECT 1;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_view',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
-- Check that sequences are rejected
CREATE SEQUENCE test_sequence;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_sequence',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
-- Check that foreign tables are rejected
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dummy;
CREATE SERVER dummy_server FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dummy;
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE test_foreign_table () SERVER dummy_server;
SELECT * FROM verify_heapam('test_foreign_table',
startblock := NULL,
endblock := NULL);
-- cleanup
DROP TABLE heaptest;
DROP TABLE test_partition;
DROP TABLE test_partitioned;
DROP OWNED BY regress_heaptest_role; -- permissions
DROP ROLE regress_heaptest_role;

219
contrib/amcheck/t/001_verify_heapam.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
# Copyright (c) 2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
use strict;
use warnings;
use PostgresNode;
use TestLib;
use Fcntl qw(:seek);
use Test::More tests => 80;
my ($node, $result);
#
# Test set-up
#
$node = get_new_node('test');
$node->init;
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf', 'autovacuum=off');
$node->start;
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(CREATE EXTENSION amcheck));
#
# Check a table with data loaded but no corruption, freezing, etc.
#
fresh_test_table('test');
check_all_options_uncorrupted('test', 'plain');
#
# Check a corrupt table
#
fresh_test_table('test');
corrupt_first_page('test');
detects_heap_corruption("verify_heapam('test')", "plain corrupted table");
detects_heap_corruption(
"verify_heapam('test', skip := 'all-visible')",
"plain corrupted table skipping all-visible");
detects_heap_corruption(
"verify_heapam('test', skip := 'all-frozen')",
"plain corrupted table skipping all-frozen");
detects_heap_corruption(
"verify_heapam('test', check_toast := false)",
"plain corrupted table skipping toast");
detects_heap_corruption(
"verify_heapam('test', startblock := 0, endblock := 0)",
"plain corrupted table checking only block zero");
#
# Check a corrupt table with all-frozen data
#
fresh_test_table('test');
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(VACUUM (FREEZE, DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) test));
detects_no_corruption("verify_heapam('test')",
"all-frozen not corrupted table");
corrupt_first_page('test');
detects_heap_corruption("verify_heapam('test')",
"all-frozen corrupted table");
detects_no_corruption(
"verify_heapam('test', skip := 'all-frozen')",
"all-frozen corrupted table skipping all-frozen");
# Returns the filesystem path for the named relation.
sub relation_filepath
{
my ($relname) = @_;
my $pgdata = $node->data_dir;
my $rel = $node->safe_psql('postgres',
qq(SELECT pg_relation_filepath('$relname')));
die "path not found for relation $relname" unless defined $rel;
return "$pgdata/$rel";
}
# Returns the fully qualified name of the toast table for the named relation
sub get_toast_for
{
my ($relname) = @_;
return $node->safe_psql(
'postgres', qq(
SELECT 'pg_toast.' || t.relname
FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c, pg_catalog.pg_class t
WHERE c.relname = '$relname'
AND c.reltoastrelid = t.oid));
}
# (Re)create and populate a test table of the given name.
sub fresh_test_table
{
my ($relname) = @_;
return $node->safe_psql(
'postgres', qq(
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS $relname CASCADE;
CREATE TABLE $relname (a integer, b text);
ALTER TABLE $relname SET (autovacuum_enabled=false);
ALTER TABLE $relname ALTER b SET STORAGE external;
INSERT INTO $relname (a, b)
(SELECT gs, repeat('b',gs*10) FROM generate_series(1,1000) gs);
BEGIN;
SAVEPOINT s1;
SELECT 1 FROM $relname WHERE a = 42 FOR UPDATE;
UPDATE $relname SET b = b WHERE a = 42;
RELEASE s1;
SAVEPOINT s1;
SELECT 1 FROM $relname WHERE a = 42 FOR UPDATE;
UPDATE $relname SET b = b WHERE a = 42;
COMMIT;
));
}
# Stops the test node, corrupts the first page of the named relation, and
# restarts the node.
sub corrupt_first_page
{
my ($relname) = @_;
my $relpath = relation_filepath($relname);
$node->stop;
my $fh;
open($fh, '+<', $relpath)
or BAIL_OUT("open failed: $!");
binmode $fh;
# Corrupt some line pointers. The values are chosen to hit the
# various line-pointer-corruption checks in verify_heapam.c
# on both little-endian and big-endian architectures.
seek($fh, 32, SEEK_SET)
or BAIL_OUT("seek failed: $!");
syswrite(
$fh,
pack("L*",
0xAAA15550, 0xAAA0D550, 0x00010000,
0x00008000, 0x0000800F, 0x001e8000)
) or BAIL_OUT("syswrite failed: $!");
close($fh)
or BAIL_OUT("close failed: $!");
$node->start;
}
sub detects_heap_corruption
{
local $Test::Builder::Level = $Test::Builder::Level + 1;
my ($function, $testname) = @_;
detects_corruption(
$function,
$testname,
qr/line pointer redirection to item at offset \d+ precedes minimum offset \d+/,
qr/line pointer redirection to item at offset \d+ exceeds maximum offset \d+/,
qr/line pointer to page offset \d+ is not maximally aligned/,
qr/line pointer length \d+ is less than the minimum tuple header size \d+/,
qr/line pointer to page offset \d+ with length \d+ ends beyond maximum page offset \d+/,
);
}
sub detects_corruption
{
local $Test::Builder::Level = $Test::Builder::Level + 1;
my ($function, $testname, @re) = @_;
my $result = $node->safe_psql('postgres', qq(SELECT * FROM $function));
like($result, $_, $testname) for (@re);
}
sub detects_no_corruption
{
local $Test::Builder::Level = $Test::Builder::Level + 1;
my ($function, $testname) = @_;
my $result = $node->safe_psql('postgres', qq(SELECT * FROM $function));
is($result, '', $testname);
}
# Check various options are stable (don't abort) and do not report corruption
# when running verify_heapam on an uncorrupted test table.
#
# The relname *must* be an uncorrupted table, or this will fail.
#
# The prefix is used to identify the test, along with the options,
# and should be unique.
sub check_all_options_uncorrupted
{
local $Test::Builder::Level = $Test::Builder::Level + 1;
my ($relname, $prefix) = @_;
for my $stop (qw(true false))
{
for my $check_toast (qw(true false))
{
for my $skip ("'none'", "'all-frozen'", "'all-visible'")
{
for my $startblock (qw(NULL 0))
{
for my $endblock (qw(NULL 0))
{
my $opts =
"on_error_stop := $stop, "
. "check_toast := $check_toast, "
. "skip := $skip, "
. "startblock := $startblock, "
. "endblock := $endblock";
detects_no_corruption(
"verify_heapam('$relname', $opts)",
"$prefix: $opts");
}
}
}
}
}
}

64
contrib/amcheck/t/002_cic.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
# Copyright (c) 2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
# Test CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY with concurrent modifications
use strict;
use warnings;
use Config;
use PostgresNode;
use TestLib;
use Test::More tests => 3;
my ($node, $result);
#
# Test set-up
#
$node = get_new_node('CIC_test');
$node->init;
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf', 'lock_timeout = 180000');
$node->start;
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(CREATE EXTENSION amcheck));
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(CREATE TABLE tbl(i int)));
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(CREATE INDEX idx ON tbl(i)));
#
# Stress CIC with pgbench.
#
# pgbench might try to launch more than one instance of the CIC
# transaction concurrently. That would deadlock, so use an advisory
# lock to ensure only one CIC runs at a time.
#
$node->pgbench(
'--no-vacuum --client=5 --transactions=100',
0,
[qr{actually processed}],
[qr{^$}],
'concurrent INSERTs and CIC',
{
'002_pgbench_concurrent_transaction' => q(
BEGIN;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
COMMIT;
),
'002_pgbench_concurrent_transaction_savepoints' => q(
BEGIN;
SAVEPOINT s1;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
COMMIT;
),
'002_pgbench_concurrent_cic' => q(
SELECT pg_try_advisory_lock(42)::integer AS gotlock \gset
\if :gotlock
DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx;
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx ON tbl(i);
SELECT bt_index_check('idx',true);
SELECT pg_advisory_unlock(42);
\endif
)
});
$node->stop;
done_testing();

185
contrib/amcheck/t/003_cic_2pc.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
# Copyright (c) 2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
# Test CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY with concurrent prepared-xact modifications
use strict;
use warnings;
use Config;
use PostgresNode;
use TestLib;
use Test::More tests => 5;
local $TODO = 'filesystem bug' if TestLib::has_wal_read_bug;
my ($node, $result);
#
# Test set-up
#
$node = get_new_node('CIC_2PC_test');
$node->init;
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf', 'max_prepared_transactions = 10');
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf', 'lock_timeout = 180000');
$node->start;
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(CREATE EXTENSION amcheck));
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(CREATE TABLE tbl(i int)));
#
# Run 3 overlapping 2PC transactions with CIC
#
# We have two concurrent background psql processes: $main_h for INSERTs and
# $cic_h for CIC. Also, we use non-background psql for some COMMIT PREPARED
# statements.
#
my $main_in = '';
my $main_out = '';
my $main_timer = IPC::Run::timeout(180);
my $main_h =
$node->background_psql('postgres', \$main_in, \$main_out,
$main_timer, on_error_stop => 1);
$main_in .= q(
BEGIN;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
\echo syncpoint1
);
pump $main_h until $main_out =~ /syncpoint1/ || $main_timer->is_expired;
my $cic_in = '';
my $cic_out = '';
my $cic_timer = IPC::Run::timeout(180);
my $cic_h =
$node->background_psql('postgres', \$cic_in, \$cic_out,
$cic_timer, on_error_stop => 1);
$cic_in .= q(
\echo start
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx ON tbl(i);
);
pump $cic_h until $cic_out =~ /start/ || $cic_timer->is_expired;
$main_in .= q(
PREPARE TRANSACTION 'a';
);
$main_in .= q(
BEGIN;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
\echo syncpoint2
);
pump $main_h until $main_out =~ /syncpoint2/ || $main_timer->is_expired;
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(COMMIT PREPARED 'a';));
$main_in .= q(
PREPARE TRANSACTION 'b';
BEGIN;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
\echo syncpoint3
);
pump $main_h until $main_out =~ /syncpoint3/ || $main_timer->is_expired;
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(COMMIT PREPARED 'b';));
$main_in .= q(
PREPARE TRANSACTION 'c';
COMMIT PREPARED 'c';
);
$main_h->pump_nb;
$main_h->finish;
$cic_h->finish;
$result = $node->psql('postgres', q(SELECT bt_index_check('idx',true)));
is($result, '0', 'bt_index_check after overlapping 2PC');
#
# Server restart shall not change whether prepared xact blocks CIC
#
$node->safe_psql(
'postgres', q(
BEGIN;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
PREPARE TRANSACTION 'spans_restart';
BEGIN;
CREATE TABLE unused ();
PREPARE TRANSACTION 'persists_forever';
));
$node->restart;
my $reindex_in = '';
my $reindex_out = '';
my $reindex_timer = IPC::Run::timeout(180);
my $reindex_h =
$node->background_psql('postgres', \$reindex_in, \$reindex_out,
$reindex_timer, on_error_stop => 1);
$reindex_in .= q(
\echo start
DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx;
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx ON tbl(i);
);
pump $reindex_h until $reindex_out =~ /start/ || $reindex_timer->is_expired;
$node->safe_psql('postgres', "COMMIT PREPARED 'spans_restart'");
$reindex_h->finish;
$result = $node->psql('postgres', q(SELECT bt_index_check('idx',true)));
is($result, '0', 'bt_index_check after 2PC and restart');
#
# Stress CIC+2PC with pgbench
#
# pgbench might try to launch more than one instance of the CIC
# transaction concurrently. That would deadlock, so use an advisory
# lock to ensure only one CIC runs at a time.
# Fix broken index first
$node->safe_psql('postgres', q(REINDEX TABLE tbl;));
# Run pgbench.
$node->pgbench(
'--no-vacuum --client=5 --transactions=100',
0,
[qr{actually processed}],
[qr{^$}],
'concurrent INSERTs w/ 2PC and CIC',
{
'003_pgbench_concurrent_2pc' => q(
BEGIN;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
PREPARE TRANSACTION 'c:client_id';
COMMIT PREPARED 'c:client_id';
),
'003_pgbench_concurrent_2pc_savepoint' => q(
BEGIN;
SAVEPOINT s1;
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES(0);
PREPARE TRANSACTION 'c:client_id';
COMMIT PREPARED 'c:client_id';
),
'003_pgbench_concurrent_cic' => q(
SELECT pg_try_advisory_lock(42)::integer AS gotlock \gset
\if :gotlock
DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx;
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx ON tbl(i);
SELECT bt_index_check('idx',true);
SELECT pg_advisory_unlock(42);
\endif
),
'004_pgbench_concurrent_ric' => q(
SELECT pg_try_advisory_lock(42)::integer AS gotlock \gset
\if :gotlock
REINDEX INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx;
SELECT bt_index_check('idx',true);
SELECT pg_advisory_unlock(42);
\endif
)
});
$node->stop;
done_testing();

1752
contrib/amcheck/verify_heapam.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3233
contrib/amcheck/verify_nbtree.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

15
contrib/auth_delay/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# contrib/auth_delay/Makefile
MODULES = auth_delay
PGFILEDESC = "auth_delay - delay authentication failure reports"
ifdef USE_PGXS
PG_CONFIG = pg_config
PGXS := $(shell $(PG_CONFIG) --pgxs)
include $(PGXS)
else
subdir = contrib/auth_delay
top_builddir = ../..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
include $(top_srcdir)/contrib/contrib-global.mk
endif

73
contrib/auth_delay/auth_delay.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* auth_delay.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2010-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/auth_delay/auth_delay.c
*
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "libpq/auth.h"
#include "port.h"
#include "utils/guc.h"
#include "utils/timestamp.h"
PG_MODULE_MAGIC;
void _PG_init(void);
/* GUC Variables */
static int auth_delay_milliseconds;
/* Original Hook */
static ClientAuthentication_hook_type original_client_auth_hook = NULL;
/*
* Check authentication
*/
static void
auth_delay_checks(Port *port, int status)
{
/*
* Any other plugins which use ClientAuthentication_hook.
*/
if (original_client_auth_hook)
original_client_auth_hook(port, status);
/*
* Inject a short delay if authentication failed.
*/
if (status != STATUS_OK)
{
pg_usleep(1000L * auth_delay_milliseconds);
}
}
/*
* Module Load Callback
*/
void
_PG_init(void)
{
/* Define custom GUC variables */
DefineCustomIntVariable("auth_delay.milliseconds",
"Milliseconds to delay before reporting authentication failure",
NULL,
&auth_delay_milliseconds,
0,
0, INT_MAX / 1000,
PGC_SIGHUP,
GUC_UNIT_MS,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
/* Install Hooks */
original_client_auth_hook = ClientAuthentication_hook;
ClientAuthentication_hook = auth_delay_checks;
}

4
contrib/auto_explain/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
# Generated subdirectories
/log/
/results/
/tmp_check/

20
contrib/auto_explain/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
# contrib/auto_explain/Makefile
MODULE_big = auto_explain
OBJS = \
$(WIN32RES) \
auto_explain.o
PGFILEDESC = "auto_explain - logging facility for execution plans"
TAP_TESTS = 1
ifdef USE_PGXS
PG_CONFIG = pg_config
PGXS := $(shell $(PG_CONFIG) --pgxs)
include $(PGXS)
else
subdir = contrib/auto_explain
top_builddir = ../..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
include $(top_srcdir)/contrib/contrib-global.mk
endif

443
contrib/auto_explain/auto_explain.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* auto_explain.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 2008-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/auto_explain/auto_explain.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "access/parallel.h"
#include "commands/explain.h"
#include "executor/instrument.h"
#include "jit/jit.h"
#include "utils/guc.h"
PG_MODULE_MAGIC;
/* GUC variables */
static int auto_explain_log_min_duration = -1; /* msec or -1 */
static bool auto_explain_log_analyze = false;
static bool auto_explain_log_verbose = false;
static bool auto_explain_log_buffers = false;
static bool auto_explain_log_wal = false;
static bool auto_explain_log_triggers = false;
static bool auto_explain_log_timing = true;
static bool auto_explain_log_settings = false;
static int auto_explain_log_format = EXPLAIN_FORMAT_TEXT;
static int auto_explain_log_level = LOG;
static bool auto_explain_log_nested_statements = false;
static double auto_explain_sample_rate = 1;
static const struct config_enum_entry format_options[] = {
{"text", EXPLAIN_FORMAT_TEXT, false},
{"xml", EXPLAIN_FORMAT_XML, false},
{"json", EXPLAIN_FORMAT_JSON, false},
{"yaml", EXPLAIN_FORMAT_YAML, false},
{NULL, 0, false}
};
static const struct config_enum_entry loglevel_options[] = {
{"debug5", DEBUG5, false},
{"debug4", DEBUG4, false},
{"debug3", DEBUG3, false},
{"debug2", DEBUG2, false},
{"debug1", DEBUG1, false},
{"debug", DEBUG2, true},
{"info", INFO, false},
{"notice", NOTICE, false},
{"warning", WARNING, false},
{"log", LOG, false},
{NULL, 0, false}
};
/* Current nesting depth of ExecutorRun calls */
static int nesting_level = 0;
/* Is the current top-level query to be sampled? */
static bool current_query_sampled = false;
#define auto_explain_enabled() \
(auto_explain_log_min_duration >= 0 && \
(nesting_level == 0 || auto_explain_log_nested_statements) && \
current_query_sampled)
/* Saved hook values in case of unload */
static ExecutorStart_hook_type prev_ExecutorStart = NULL;
static ExecutorRun_hook_type prev_ExecutorRun = NULL;
static ExecutorFinish_hook_type prev_ExecutorFinish = NULL;
static ExecutorEnd_hook_type prev_ExecutorEnd = NULL;
void _PG_init(void);
void _PG_fini(void);
static void explain_ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags);
static void explain_ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc,
ScanDirection direction,
uint64 count, bool execute_once);
static void explain_ExecutorFinish(QueryDesc *queryDesc);
static void explain_ExecutorEnd(QueryDesc *queryDesc);
/*
* Module load callback
*/
void
_PG_init(void)
{
/* Define custom GUC variables. */
DefineCustomIntVariable("auto_explain.log_min_duration",
"Sets the minimum execution time above which plans will be logged.",
"Zero prints all plans. -1 turns this feature off.",
&auto_explain_log_min_duration,
-1,
-1, INT_MAX,
PGC_SUSET,
GUC_UNIT_MS,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_analyze",
"Use EXPLAIN ANALYZE for plan logging.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_analyze,
false,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_settings",
"Log modified configuration parameters affecting query planning.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_settings,
false,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_verbose",
"Use EXPLAIN VERBOSE for plan logging.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_verbose,
false,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_buffers",
"Log buffers usage.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_buffers,
false,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_wal",
"Log WAL usage.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_wal,
false,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_triggers",
"Include trigger statistics in plans.",
"This has no effect unless log_analyze is also set.",
&auto_explain_log_triggers,
false,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomEnumVariable("auto_explain.log_format",
"EXPLAIN format to be used for plan logging.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_format,
EXPLAIN_FORMAT_TEXT,
format_options,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomEnumVariable("auto_explain.log_level",
"Log level for the plan.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_level,
LOG,
loglevel_options,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_nested_statements",
"Log nested statements.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_nested_statements,
false,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomBoolVariable("auto_explain.log_timing",
"Collect timing data, not just row counts.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_log_timing,
true,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
DefineCustomRealVariable("auto_explain.sample_rate",
"Fraction of queries to process.",
NULL,
&auto_explain_sample_rate,
1.0,
0.0,
1.0,
PGC_SUSET,
0,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL);
EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders("auto_explain");
/* Install hooks. */
prev_ExecutorStart = ExecutorStart_hook;
ExecutorStart_hook = explain_ExecutorStart;
prev_ExecutorRun = ExecutorRun_hook;
ExecutorRun_hook = explain_ExecutorRun;
prev_ExecutorFinish = ExecutorFinish_hook;
ExecutorFinish_hook = explain_ExecutorFinish;
prev_ExecutorEnd = ExecutorEnd_hook;
ExecutorEnd_hook = explain_ExecutorEnd;
}
/*
* Module unload callback
*/
void
_PG_fini(void)
{
/* Uninstall hooks. */
ExecutorStart_hook = prev_ExecutorStart;
ExecutorRun_hook = prev_ExecutorRun;
ExecutorFinish_hook = prev_ExecutorFinish;
ExecutorEnd_hook = prev_ExecutorEnd;
}
/*
* ExecutorStart hook: start up logging if needed
*/
static void
explain_ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
{
/*
* At the beginning of each top-level statement, decide whether we'll
* sample this statement. If nested-statement explaining is enabled,
* either all nested statements will be explained or none will.
*
* When in a parallel worker, we should do nothing, which we can implement
* cheaply by pretending we decided not to sample the current statement.
* If EXPLAIN is active in the parent session, data will be collected and
* reported back to the parent, and it's no business of ours to interfere.
*/
if (nesting_level == 0)
{
if (auto_explain_log_min_duration >= 0 && !IsParallelWorker())
current_query_sampled = (random() < auto_explain_sample_rate *
((double) MAX_RANDOM_VALUE + 1));
else
current_query_sampled = false;
}
if (auto_explain_enabled())
{
/* Enable per-node instrumentation iff log_analyze is required. */
if (auto_explain_log_analyze && (eflags & EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY) == 0)
{
if (auto_explain_log_timing)
queryDesc->instrument_options |= INSTRUMENT_TIMER;
else
queryDesc->instrument_options |= INSTRUMENT_ROWS;
if (auto_explain_log_buffers)
queryDesc->instrument_options |= INSTRUMENT_BUFFERS;
if (auto_explain_log_wal)
queryDesc->instrument_options |= INSTRUMENT_WAL;
}
}
if (prev_ExecutorStart)
prev_ExecutorStart(queryDesc, eflags);
else
standard_ExecutorStart(queryDesc, eflags);
if (auto_explain_enabled())
{
/*
* Set up to track total elapsed time in ExecutorRun. Make sure the
* space is allocated in the per-query context so it will go away at
* ExecutorEnd.
*/
if (queryDesc->totaltime == NULL)
{
MemoryContext oldcxt;
oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(queryDesc->estate->es_query_cxt);
queryDesc->totaltime = InstrAlloc(1, INSTRUMENT_ALL, false);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
}
}
}
/*
* ExecutorRun hook: all we need do is track nesting depth
*/
static void
explain_ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction,
uint64 count, bool execute_once)
{
nesting_level++;
PG_TRY();
{
if (prev_ExecutorRun)
prev_ExecutorRun(queryDesc, direction, count, execute_once);
else
standard_ExecutorRun(queryDesc, direction, count, execute_once);
}
PG_FINALLY();
{
nesting_level--;
}
PG_END_TRY();
}
/*
* ExecutorFinish hook: all we need do is track nesting depth
*/
static void
explain_ExecutorFinish(QueryDesc *queryDesc)
{
nesting_level++;
PG_TRY();
{
if (prev_ExecutorFinish)
prev_ExecutorFinish(queryDesc);
else
standard_ExecutorFinish(queryDesc);
}
PG_FINALLY();
{
nesting_level--;
}
PG_END_TRY();
}
/*
* ExecutorEnd hook: log results if needed
*/
static void
explain_ExecutorEnd(QueryDesc *queryDesc)
{
if (queryDesc->totaltime && auto_explain_enabled())
{
MemoryContext oldcxt;
double msec;
/*
* Make sure we operate in the per-query context, so any cruft will be
* discarded later during ExecutorEnd.
*/
oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(queryDesc->estate->es_query_cxt);
/*
* Make sure stats accumulation is done. (Note: it's okay if several
* levels of hook all do this.)
*/
InstrEndLoop(queryDesc->totaltime);
/* Log plan if duration is exceeded. */
msec = queryDesc->totaltime->total * 1000.0;
if (msec >= auto_explain_log_min_duration)
{
ExplainState *es = NewExplainState();
es->analyze = (queryDesc->instrument_options && auto_explain_log_analyze);
es->verbose = auto_explain_log_verbose;
es->buffers = (es->analyze && auto_explain_log_buffers);
es->wal = (es->analyze && auto_explain_log_wal);
es->timing = (es->analyze && auto_explain_log_timing);
es->summary = es->analyze;
es->format = auto_explain_log_format;
es->settings = auto_explain_log_settings;
ExplainBeginOutput(es);
ExplainQueryText(es, queryDesc);
ExplainPrintPlan(es, queryDesc);
if (es->analyze && auto_explain_log_triggers)
ExplainPrintTriggers(es, queryDesc);
if (es->costs)
ExplainPrintJITSummary(es, queryDesc);
ExplainEndOutput(es);
/* Remove last line break */
if (es->str->len > 0 && es->str->data[es->str->len - 1] == '\n')
es->str->data[--es->str->len] = '\0';
/* Fix JSON to output an object */
if (auto_explain_log_format == EXPLAIN_FORMAT_JSON)
{
es->str->data[0] = '{';
es->str->data[es->str->len - 1] = '}';
}
/*
* Note: we rely on the existing logging of context or
* debug_query_string to identify just which statement is being
* reported. This isn't ideal but trying to do it here would
* often result in duplication.
*/
ereport(auto_explain_log_level,
(errmsg("duration: %.3f ms plan:\n%s",
msec, es->str->data),
errhidestmt(true)));
}
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
}
if (prev_ExecutorEnd)
prev_ExecutorEnd(queryDesc);
else
standard_ExecutorEnd(queryDesc);
}

55
contrib/auto_explain/t/001_auto_explain.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
# Copyright (c) 2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
use strict;
use warnings;
use PostgresNode;
use TestLib;
use Test::More tests => 4;
my $node = get_new_node('main');
$node->init;
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf',
"shared_preload_libraries = 'auto_explain'");
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf', "auto_explain.log_min_duration = 0");
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf', "auto_explain.log_analyze = on");
$node->start;
# run a couple of queries
$node->safe_psql("postgres", "SELECT * FROM pg_class;");
$node->safe_psql("postgres",
"SELECT * FROM pg_proc WHERE proname = 'int4pl';");
# emit some json too
$node->append_conf('postgresql.conf', "auto_explain.log_format = json");
$node->reload;
$node->safe_psql("postgres", "SELECT * FROM pg_proc;");
$node->safe_psql("postgres",
"SELECT * FROM pg_class WHERE relname = 'pg_class';");
$node->stop('fast');
my $log = $node->logfile();
my $log_contents = slurp_file($log);
like(
$log_contents,
qr/Seq Scan on pg_class/,
"sequential scan logged, text mode");
like(
$log_contents,
qr/Index Scan using pg_proc_proname_args_nsp_index on pg_proc/,
"index scan logged, text mode");
like(
$log_contents,
qr/"Node Type": "Seq Scan"[^}]*"Relation Name": "pg_proc"/s,
"sequential scan logged, json mode");
like(
$log_contents,
qr/"Node Type": "Index Scan"[^}]*"Index Name": "pg_class_relname_nsp_index"/s,
"index scan logged, json mode");

4
contrib/bloom/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
# Generated subdirectories
/log/
/results/
/tmp_check/

30
contrib/bloom/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
# contrib/bloom/Makefile
MODULE_big = bloom
OBJS = \
$(WIN32RES) \
blcost.o \
blinsert.o \
blscan.o \
blutils.o \
blvacuum.o \
blvalidate.o
EXTENSION = bloom
DATA = bloom--1.0.sql
PGFILEDESC = "bloom access method - signature file based index"
REGRESS = bloom
TAP_TESTS = 1
ifdef USE_PGXS
PG_CONFIG = pg_config
PGXS := $(shell $(PG_CONFIG) --pgxs)
include $(PGXS)
else
subdir = contrib/bloom
top_builddir = ../..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
include $(top_srcdir)/contrib/contrib-global.mk
endif

44
contrib/bloom/blcost.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* blcost.c
* Cost estimate function for bloom indexes.
*
* Copyright (c) 2016-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/bloom/blcost.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include "bloom.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
#include "utils/selfuncs.h"
/*
* Estimate cost of bloom index scan.
*/
void
blcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
double *indexPages)
{
IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
GenericCosts costs;
MemSet(&costs, 0, sizeof(costs));
/* We have to visit all index tuples anyway */
costs.numIndexTuples = index->tuples;
/* Use generic estimate */
genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
*indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
*indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
*indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
*indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
*indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
}

366
contrib/bloom/blinsert.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* blinsert.c
* Bloom index build and insert functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 2016-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/bloom/blinsert.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include "access/genam.h"
#include "access/generic_xlog.h"
#include "access/tableam.h"
#include "bloom.h"
#include "catalog/index.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
#include "storage/indexfsm.h"
#include "storage/smgr.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
#include "utils/rel.h"
PG_MODULE_MAGIC;
/*
* State of bloom index build. We accumulate one page data here before
* flushing it to buffer manager.
*/
typedef struct
{
BloomState blstate; /* bloom index state */
int64 indtuples; /* total number of tuples indexed */
MemoryContext tmpCtx; /* temporary memory context reset after each
* tuple */
PGAlignedBlock data; /* cached page */
int count; /* number of tuples in cached page */
} BloomBuildState;
/*
* Flush page cached in BloomBuildState.
*/
static void
flushCachedPage(Relation index, BloomBuildState *buildstate)
{
Page page;
Buffer buffer = BloomNewBuffer(index);
GenericXLogState *state;
state = GenericXLogStart(index);
page = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(state, buffer, GENERIC_XLOG_FULL_IMAGE);
memcpy(page, buildstate->data.data, BLCKSZ);
GenericXLogFinish(state);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
}
/*
* (Re)initialize cached page in BloomBuildState.
*/
static void
initCachedPage(BloomBuildState *buildstate)
{
BloomInitPage(buildstate->data.data, 0);
buildstate->count = 0;
}
/*
* Per-tuple callback for table_index_build_scan.
*/
static void
bloomBuildCallback(Relation index, ItemPointer tid, Datum *values,
bool *isnull, bool tupleIsAlive, void *state)
{
BloomBuildState *buildstate = (BloomBuildState *) state;
MemoryContext oldCtx;
BloomTuple *itup;
oldCtx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(buildstate->tmpCtx);
itup = BloomFormTuple(&buildstate->blstate, tid, values, isnull);
/* Try to add next item to cached page */
if (BloomPageAddItem(&buildstate->blstate, buildstate->data.data, itup))
{
/* Next item was added successfully */
buildstate->count++;
}
else
{
/* Cached page is full, flush it out and make a new one */
flushCachedPage(index, buildstate);
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
initCachedPage(buildstate);
if (!BloomPageAddItem(&buildstate->blstate, buildstate->data.data, itup))
{
/* We shouldn't be here since we're inserting to the empty page */
elog(ERROR, "could not add new bloom tuple to empty page");
}
/* Next item was added successfully */
buildstate->count++;
}
/* Update total tuple count */
buildstate->indtuples += 1;
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCtx);
MemoryContextReset(buildstate->tmpCtx);
}
/*
* Build a new bloom index.
*/
IndexBuildResult *
blbuild(Relation heap, Relation index, IndexInfo *indexInfo)
{
IndexBuildResult *result;
double reltuples;
BloomBuildState buildstate;
if (RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(index) != 0)
elog(ERROR, "index \"%s\" already contains data",
RelationGetRelationName(index));
/* Initialize the meta page */
BloomInitMetapage(index);
/* Initialize the bloom build state */
memset(&buildstate, 0, sizeof(buildstate));
initBloomState(&buildstate.blstate, index);
buildstate.tmpCtx = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
"Bloom build temporary context",
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
initCachedPage(&buildstate);
/* Do the heap scan */
reltuples = table_index_build_scan(heap, index, indexInfo, true, true,
bloomBuildCallback, (void *) &buildstate,
NULL);
/* Flush last page if needed (it will be, unless heap was empty) */
if (buildstate.count > 0)
flushCachedPage(index, &buildstate);
MemoryContextDelete(buildstate.tmpCtx);
result = (IndexBuildResult *) palloc(sizeof(IndexBuildResult));
result->heap_tuples = reltuples;
result->index_tuples = buildstate.indtuples;
return result;
}
/*
* Build an empty bloom index in the initialization fork.
*/
void
blbuildempty(Relation index)
{
Page metapage;
/* Construct metapage. */
metapage = (Page) palloc(BLCKSZ);
BloomFillMetapage(index, metapage);
/*
* Write the page and log it. It might seem that an immediate sync would
* be sufficient to guarantee that the file exists on disk, but recovery
* itself might remove it while replaying, for example, an
* XLOG_DBASE_CREATE or XLOG_TBLSPC_CREATE record. Therefore, we need
* this even when wal_level=minimal.
*/
PageSetChecksumInplace(metapage, BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO);
smgrwrite(index->rd_smgr, INIT_FORKNUM, BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO,
(char *) metapage, true);
log_newpage(&index->rd_smgr->smgr_rnode.node, INIT_FORKNUM,
BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO, metapage, true);
/*
* An immediate sync is required even if we xlog'd the page, because the
* write did not go through shared_buffers and therefore a concurrent
* checkpoint may have moved the redo pointer past our xlog record.
*/
smgrimmedsync(index->rd_smgr, INIT_FORKNUM);
}
/*
* Insert new tuple to the bloom index.
*/
bool
blinsert(Relation index, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
ItemPointer ht_ctid, Relation heapRel,
IndexUniqueCheck checkUnique,
bool indexUnchanged,
IndexInfo *indexInfo)
{
BloomState blstate;
BloomTuple *itup;
MemoryContext oldCtx;
MemoryContext insertCtx;
BloomMetaPageData *metaData;
Buffer buffer,
metaBuffer;
Page page,
metaPage;
BlockNumber blkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
OffsetNumber nStart;
GenericXLogState *state;
insertCtx = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
"Bloom insert temporary context",
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
oldCtx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(insertCtx);
initBloomState(&blstate, index);
itup = BloomFormTuple(&blstate, ht_ctid, values, isnull);
/*
* At first, try to insert new tuple to the first page in notFullPage
* array. If successful, we don't need to modify the meta page.
*/
metaBuffer = ReadBuffer(index, BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO);
LockBuffer(metaBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE);
metaData = BloomPageGetMeta(BufferGetPage(metaBuffer));
if (metaData->nEnd > metaData->nStart)
{
Page page;
blkno = metaData->notFullPage[metaData->nStart];
Assert(blkno != InvalidBlockNumber);
/* Don't hold metabuffer lock while doing insert */
LockBuffer(metaBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
buffer = ReadBuffer(index, blkno);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
state = GenericXLogStart(index);
page = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(state, buffer, 0);
/*
* We might have found a page that was recently deleted by VACUUM. If
* so, we can reuse it, but we must reinitialize it.
*/
if (PageIsNew(page) || BloomPageIsDeleted(page))
BloomInitPage(page, 0);
if (BloomPageAddItem(&blstate, page, itup))
{
/* Success! Apply the change, clean up, and exit */
GenericXLogFinish(state);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
ReleaseBuffer(metaBuffer);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCtx);
MemoryContextDelete(insertCtx);
return false;
}
/* Didn't fit, must try other pages */
GenericXLogAbort(state);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
}
else
{
/* No entries in notFullPage */
LockBuffer(metaBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
}
/*
* Try other pages in notFullPage array. We will have to change nStart in
* metapage. Thus, grab exclusive lock on metapage.
*/
LockBuffer(metaBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
/* nStart might have changed while we didn't have lock */
nStart = metaData->nStart;
/* Skip first page if we already tried it above */
if (nStart < metaData->nEnd &&
blkno == metaData->notFullPage[nStart])
nStart++;
/*
* This loop iterates for each page we try from the notFullPage array, and
* will also initialize a GenericXLogState for the fallback case of having
* to allocate a new page.
*/
for (;;)
{
state = GenericXLogStart(index);
/* get modifiable copy of metapage */
metaPage = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(state, metaBuffer, 0);
metaData = BloomPageGetMeta(metaPage);
if (nStart >= metaData->nEnd)
break; /* no more entries in notFullPage array */
blkno = metaData->notFullPage[nStart];
Assert(blkno != InvalidBlockNumber);
buffer = ReadBuffer(index, blkno);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
page = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(state, buffer, 0);
/* Basically same logic as above */
if (PageIsNew(page) || BloomPageIsDeleted(page))
BloomInitPage(page, 0);
if (BloomPageAddItem(&blstate, page, itup))
{
/* Success! Apply the changes, clean up, and exit */
metaData->nStart = nStart;
GenericXLogFinish(state);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(metaBuffer);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCtx);
MemoryContextDelete(insertCtx);
return false;
}
/* Didn't fit, must try other pages */
GenericXLogAbort(state);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
nStart++;
}
/*
* Didn't find place to insert in notFullPage array. Allocate new page.
* (XXX is it good to do this while holding ex-lock on the metapage??)
*/
buffer = BloomNewBuffer(index);
page = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(state, buffer, GENERIC_XLOG_FULL_IMAGE);
BloomInitPage(page, 0);
if (!BloomPageAddItem(&blstate, page, itup))
{
/* We shouldn't be here since we're inserting to an empty page */
elog(ERROR, "could not add new bloom tuple to empty page");
}
/* Reset notFullPage array to contain just this new page */
metaData->nStart = 0;
metaData->nEnd = 1;
metaData->notFullPage[0] = BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer);
/* Apply the changes, clean up, and exit */
GenericXLogFinish(state);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(metaBuffer);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCtx);
MemoryContextDelete(insertCtx);
return false;
}

25
contrib/bloom/bloom--1.0.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
/* contrib/bloom/bloom--1.0.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "CREATE EXTENSION bloom" to load this file. \quit
CREATE FUNCTION blhandler(internal)
RETURNS index_am_handler
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C;
-- Access method
CREATE ACCESS METHOD bloom TYPE INDEX HANDLER blhandler;
COMMENT ON ACCESS METHOD bloom IS 'bloom index access method';
-- Opclasses
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS int4_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE int4 USING bloom AS
OPERATOR 1 =(int4, int4),
FUNCTION 1 hashint4(int4);
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS text_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE text USING bloom AS
OPERATOR 1 =(text, text),
FUNCTION 1 hashtext(text);

5
contrib/bloom/bloom.control Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
# bloom extension
comment = 'bloom access method - signature file based index'
default_version = '1.0'
module_pathname = '$libdir/bloom'
relocatable = true

216
contrib/bloom/bloom.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* bloom.h
* Header for bloom index.
*
* Copyright (c) 2016-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/bloom/bloom.h
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef _BLOOM_H_
#define _BLOOM_H_
#include "access/amapi.h"
#include "access/generic_xlog.h"
#include "access/itup.h"
#include "access/xlog.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
#include "nodes/pathnodes.h"
/* Support procedures numbers */
#define BLOOM_HASH_PROC 1
#define BLOOM_OPTIONS_PROC 2
#define BLOOM_NPROC 2
/* Scan strategies */
#define BLOOM_EQUAL_STRATEGY 1
#define BLOOM_NSTRATEGIES 1
/* Opaque for bloom pages */
typedef struct BloomPageOpaqueData
{
OffsetNumber maxoff; /* number of index tuples on page */
uint16 flags; /* see bit definitions below */
uint16 unused; /* placeholder to force maxaligning of size of
* BloomPageOpaqueData and to place
* bloom_page_id exactly at the end of page */
uint16 bloom_page_id; /* for identification of BLOOM indexes */
} BloomPageOpaqueData;
typedef BloomPageOpaqueData *BloomPageOpaque;
/* Bloom page flags */
#define BLOOM_META (1<<0)
#define BLOOM_DELETED (2<<0)
/*
* The page ID is for the convenience of pg_filedump and similar utilities,
* which otherwise would have a hard time telling pages of different index
* types apart. It should be the last 2 bytes on the page. This is more or
* less "free" due to alignment considerations.
*
* See comments above GinPageOpaqueData.
*/
#define BLOOM_PAGE_ID 0xFF83
/* Macros for accessing bloom page structures */
#define BloomPageGetOpaque(page) ((BloomPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page))
#define BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page) (BloomPageGetOpaque(page)->maxoff)
#define BloomPageIsMeta(page) \
((BloomPageGetOpaque(page)->flags & BLOOM_META) != 0)
#define BloomPageIsDeleted(page) \
((BloomPageGetOpaque(page)->flags & BLOOM_DELETED) != 0)
#define BloomPageSetDeleted(page) \
(BloomPageGetOpaque(page)->flags |= BLOOM_DELETED)
#define BloomPageSetNonDeleted(page) \
(BloomPageGetOpaque(page)->flags &= ~BLOOM_DELETED)
#define BloomPageGetData(page) ((BloomTuple *)PageGetContents(page))
#define BloomPageGetTuple(state, page, offset) \
((BloomTuple *)(PageGetContents(page) \
+ (state)->sizeOfBloomTuple * ((offset) - 1)))
#define BloomPageGetNextTuple(state, tuple) \
((BloomTuple *)((Pointer)(tuple) + (state)->sizeOfBloomTuple))
/* Preserved page numbers */
#define BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO (0)
#define BLOOM_HEAD_BLKNO (1) /* first data page */
/*
* We store Bloom signatures as arrays of uint16 words.
*/
typedef uint16 BloomSignatureWord;
#define SIGNWORDBITS ((int) (BITS_PER_BYTE * sizeof(BloomSignatureWord)))
/*
* Default and maximum Bloom signature length in bits.
*/
#define DEFAULT_BLOOM_LENGTH (5 * SIGNWORDBITS)
#define MAX_BLOOM_LENGTH (256 * SIGNWORDBITS)
/*
* Default and maximum signature bits generated per index key.
*/
#define DEFAULT_BLOOM_BITS 2
#define MAX_BLOOM_BITS (MAX_BLOOM_LENGTH - 1)
/* Bloom index options */
typedef struct BloomOptions
{
int32 vl_len_; /* varlena header (do not touch directly!) */
int bloomLength; /* length of signature in words (not bits!) */
int bitSize[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; /* # of bits generated for each
* index key */
} BloomOptions;
/*
* FreeBlockNumberArray - array of block numbers sized so that metadata fill
* all space in metapage.
*/
typedef BlockNumber FreeBlockNumberArray[
MAXALIGN_DOWN(
BLCKSZ - SizeOfPageHeaderData - MAXALIGN(sizeof(BloomPageOpaqueData))
- MAXALIGN(sizeof(uint16) * 2 + sizeof(uint32) + sizeof(BloomOptions))
) / sizeof(BlockNumber)
];
/* Metadata of bloom index */
typedef struct BloomMetaPageData
{
uint32 magickNumber;
uint16 nStart;
uint16 nEnd;
BloomOptions opts;
FreeBlockNumberArray notFullPage;
} BloomMetaPageData;
/* Magic number to distinguish bloom pages among anothers */
#define BLOOM_MAGICK_NUMBER (0xDBAC0DED)
/* Number of blocks numbers fit in BloomMetaPageData */
#define BloomMetaBlockN (sizeof(FreeBlockNumberArray) / sizeof(BlockNumber))
#define BloomPageGetMeta(page) ((BloomMetaPageData *) PageGetContents(page))
typedef struct BloomState
{
FmgrInfo hashFn[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
Oid collations[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
BloomOptions opts; /* copy of options on index's metapage */
int32 nColumns;
/*
* sizeOfBloomTuple is index-specific, and it depends on reloptions, so
* precompute it
*/
Size sizeOfBloomTuple;
} BloomState;
#define BloomPageGetFreeSpace(state, page) \
(BLCKSZ - MAXALIGN(SizeOfPageHeaderData) \
- BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page) * (state)->sizeOfBloomTuple \
- MAXALIGN(sizeof(BloomPageOpaqueData)))
/*
* Tuples are very different from all other relations
*/
typedef struct BloomTuple
{
ItemPointerData heapPtr;
BloomSignatureWord sign[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
} BloomTuple;
#define BLOOMTUPLEHDRSZ offsetof(BloomTuple, sign)
/* Opaque data structure for bloom index scan */
typedef struct BloomScanOpaqueData
{
BloomSignatureWord *sign; /* Scan signature */
BloomState state;
} BloomScanOpaqueData;
typedef BloomScanOpaqueData *BloomScanOpaque;
/* blutils.c */
extern void _PG_init(void);
extern void initBloomState(BloomState *state, Relation index);
extern void BloomFillMetapage(Relation index, Page metaPage);
extern void BloomInitMetapage(Relation index);
extern void BloomInitPage(Page page, uint16 flags);
extern Buffer BloomNewBuffer(Relation index);
extern void signValue(BloomState *state, BloomSignatureWord *sign, Datum value, int attno);
extern BloomTuple *BloomFormTuple(BloomState *state, ItemPointer iptr, Datum *values, bool *isnull);
extern bool BloomPageAddItem(BloomState *state, Page page, BloomTuple *tuple);
/* blvalidate.c */
extern bool blvalidate(Oid opclassoid);
/* index access method interface functions */
extern bool blinsert(Relation index, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
ItemPointer ht_ctid, Relation heapRel,
IndexUniqueCheck checkUnique,
bool indexUnchanged,
struct IndexInfo *indexInfo);
extern IndexScanDesc blbeginscan(Relation r, int nkeys, int norderbys);
extern int64 blgetbitmap(IndexScanDesc scan, TIDBitmap *tbm);
extern void blrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey scankey, int nscankeys,
ScanKey orderbys, int norderbys);
extern void blendscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
extern IndexBuildResult *blbuild(Relation heap, Relation index,
struct IndexInfo *indexInfo);
extern void blbuildempty(Relation index);
extern IndexBulkDeleteResult *blbulkdelete(IndexVacuumInfo *info,
IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats, IndexBulkDeleteCallback callback,
void *callback_state);
extern IndexBulkDeleteResult *blvacuumcleanup(IndexVacuumInfo *info,
IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats);
extern bytea *bloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate);
extern void blcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path,
double loop_count, Cost *indexStartupCost,
Cost *indexTotalCost, Selectivity *indexSelectivity,
double *indexCorrelation, double *indexPages);
#endif

172
contrib/bloom/blscan.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* blscan.c
* Bloom index scan functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 2016-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/bloom/blscan.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include "access/relscan.h"
#include "bloom.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "pgstat.h"
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
#include "storage/lmgr.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
#include "utils/rel.h"
/*
* Begin scan of bloom index.
*/
IndexScanDesc
blbeginscan(Relation r, int nkeys, int norderbys)
{
IndexScanDesc scan;
BloomScanOpaque so;
scan = RelationGetIndexScan(r, nkeys, norderbys);
so = (BloomScanOpaque) palloc(sizeof(BloomScanOpaqueData));
initBloomState(&so->state, scan->indexRelation);
so->sign = NULL;
scan->opaque = so;
return scan;
}
/*
* Rescan a bloom index.
*/
void
blrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey scankey, int nscankeys,
ScanKey orderbys, int norderbys)
{
BloomScanOpaque so = (BloomScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
if (so->sign)
pfree(so->sign);
so->sign = NULL;
if (scankey && scan->numberOfKeys > 0)
{
memmove(scan->keyData, scankey,
scan->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
}
}
/*
* End scan of bloom index.
*/
void
blendscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
{
BloomScanOpaque so = (BloomScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
if (so->sign)
pfree(so->sign);
so->sign = NULL;
}
/*
* Insert all matching tuples into a bitmap.
*/
int64
blgetbitmap(IndexScanDesc scan, TIDBitmap *tbm)
{
int64 ntids = 0;
BlockNumber blkno = BLOOM_HEAD_BLKNO,
npages;
int i;
BufferAccessStrategy bas;
BloomScanOpaque so = (BloomScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
if (so->sign == NULL)
{
/* New search: have to calculate search signature */
ScanKey skey = scan->keyData;
so->sign = palloc0(sizeof(BloomSignatureWord) * so->state.opts.bloomLength);
for (i = 0; i < scan->numberOfKeys; i++)
{
/*
* Assume bloom-indexable operators to be strict, so nothing could
* be found for NULL key.
*/
if (skey->sk_flags & SK_ISNULL)
{
pfree(so->sign);
so->sign = NULL;
return 0;
}
/* Add next value to the signature */
signValue(&so->state, so->sign, skey->sk_argument,
skey->sk_attno - 1);
skey++;
}
}
/*
* We're going to read the whole index. This is why we use appropriate
* buffer access strategy.
*/
bas = GetAccessStrategy(BAS_BULKREAD);
npages = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(scan->indexRelation);
for (blkno = BLOOM_HEAD_BLKNO; blkno < npages; blkno++)
{
Buffer buffer;
Page page;
buffer = ReadBufferExtended(scan->indexRelation, MAIN_FORKNUM,
blkno, RBM_NORMAL, bas);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE);
page = BufferGetPage(buffer);
TestForOldSnapshot(scan->xs_snapshot, scan->indexRelation, page);
if (!PageIsNew(page) && !BloomPageIsDeleted(page))
{
OffsetNumber offset,
maxOffset = BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page);
for (offset = 1; offset <= maxOffset; offset++)
{
BloomTuple *itup = BloomPageGetTuple(&so->state, page, offset);
bool res = true;
/* Check index signature with scan signature */
for (i = 0; i < so->state.opts.bloomLength; i++)
{
if ((itup->sign[i] & so->sign[i]) != so->sign[i])
{
res = false;
break;
}
}
/* Add matching tuples to bitmap */
if (res)
{
tbm_add_tuples(tbm, &itup->heapPtr, 1, true);
ntids++;
}
}
}
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
}
FreeAccessStrategy(bas);
return ntids;
}

497
contrib/bloom/blutils.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* blutils.c
* Bloom index utilities.
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 2016-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1990-1993, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/bloom/blutils.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include "access/amapi.h"
#include "access/generic_xlog.h"
#include "access/reloptions.h"
#include "bloom.h"
#include "catalog/index.h"
#include "commands/vacuum.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
#include "storage/freespace.h"
#include "storage/indexfsm.h"
#include "storage/lmgr.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
/* Signature dealing macros - note i is assumed to be of type int */
#define GETWORD(x,i) ( *( (BloomSignatureWord *)(x) + ( (i) / SIGNWORDBITS ) ) )
#define CLRBIT(x,i) GETWORD(x,i) &= ~( 0x01 << ( (i) % SIGNWORDBITS ) )
#define SETBIT(x,i) GETWORD(x,i) |= ( 0x01 << ( (i) % SIGNWORDBITS ) )
#define GETBIT(x,i) ( (GETWORD(x,i) >> ( (i) % SIGNWORDBITS )) & 0x01 )
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(blhandler);
/* Kind of relation options for bloom index */
static relopt_kind bl_relopt_kind;
/* parse table for fillRelOptions */
static relopt_parse_elt bl_relopt_tab[INDEX_MAX_KEYS + 1];
static int32 myRand(void);
static void mySrand(uint32 seed);
/*
* Module initialize function: initialize info about Bloom relation options.
*
* Note: keep this in sync with makeDefaultBloomOptions().
*/
void
_PG_init(void)
{
int i;
char buf[16];
bl_relopt_kind = add_reloption_kind();
/* Option for length of signature */
add_int_reloption(bl_relopt_kind, "length",
"Length of signature in bits",
DEFAULT_BLOOM_LENGTH, 1, MAX_BLOOM_LENGTH,
AccessExclusiveLock);
bl_relopt_tab[0].optname = "length";
bl_relopt_tab[0].opttype = RELOPT_TYPE_INT;
bl_relopt_tab[0].offset = offsetof(BloomOptions, bloomLength);
/* Number of bits for each possible index column: col1, col2, ... */
for (i = 0; i < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; i++)
{
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "col%d", i + 1);
add_int_reloption(bl_relopt_kind, buf,
"Number of bits generated for each index column",
DEFAULT_BLOOM_BITS, 1, MAX_BLOOM_BITS,
AccessExclusiveLock);
bl_relopt_tab[i + 1].optname = MemoryContextStrdup(TopMemoryContext,
buf);
bl_relopt_tab[i + 1].opttype = RELOPT_TYPE_INT;
bl_relopt_tab[i + 1].offset = offsetof(BloomOptions, bitSize[0]) + sizeof(int) * i;
}
}
/*
* Construct a default set of Bloom options.
*/
static BloomOptions *
makeDefaultBloomOptions(void)
{
BloomOptions *opts;
int i;
opts = (BloomOptions *) palloc0(sizeof(BloomOptions));
/* Convert DEFAULT_BLOOM_LENGTH from # of bits to # of words */
opts->bloomLength = (DEFAULT_BLOOM_LENGTH + SIGNWORDBITS - 1) / SIGNWORDBITS;
for (i = 0; i < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; i++)
opts->bitSize[i] = DEFAULT_BLOOM_BITS;
SET_VARSIZE(opts, sizeof(BloomOptions));
return opts;
}
/*
* Bloom handler function: return IndexAmRoutine with access method parameters
* and callbacks.
*/
Datum
blhandler(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
IndexAmRoutine *amroutine = makeNode(IndexAmRoutine);
amroutine->amstrategies = BLOOM_NSTRATEGIES;
amroutine->amsupport = BLOOM_NPROC;
amroutine->amoptsprocnum = BLOOM_OPTIONS_PROC;
amroutine->amcanorder = false;
amroutine->amcanorderbyop = false;
amroutine->amcanbackward = false;
amroutine->amcanunique = false;
amroutine->amcanmulticol = true;
amroutine->amoptionalkey = true;
amroutine->amsearcharray = false;
amroutine->amsearchnulls = false;
amroutine->amstorage = false;
amroutine->amclusterable = false;
amroutine->ampredlocks = false;
amroutine->amcanparallel = false;
amroutine->amcaninclude = false;
amroutine->amusemaintenanceworkmem = false;
amroutine->amparallelvacuumoptions =
VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_BULKDEL | VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_CLEANUP;
amroutine->amkeytype = InvalidOid;
amroutine->ambuild = blbuild;
amroutine->ambuildempty = blbuildempty;
amroutine->aminsert = blinsert;
amroutine->ambulkdelete = blbulkdelete;
amroutine->amvacuumcleanup = blvacuumcleanup;
amroutine->amcanreturn = NULL;
amroutine->amcostestimate = blcostestimate;
amroutine->amoptions = bloptions;
amroutine->amproperty = NULL;
amroutine->ambuildphasename = NULL;
amroutine->amvalidate = blvalidate;
amroutine->amadjustmembers = NULL;
amroutine->ambeginscan = blbeginscan;
amroutine->amrescan = blrescan;
amroutine->amgettuple = NULL;
amroutine->amgetbitmap = blgetbitmap;
amroutine->amendscan = blendscan;
amroutine->ammarkpos = NULL;
amroutine->amrestrpos = NULL;
amroutine->amestimateparallelscan = NULL;
amroutine->aminitparallelscan = NULL;
amroutine->amparallelrescan = NULL;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(amroutine);
}
/*
* Fill BloomState structure for particular index.
*/
void
initBloomState(BloomState *state, Relation index)
{
int i;
state->nColumns = index->rd_att->natts;
/* Initialize hash function for each attribute */
for (i = 0; i < index->rd_att->natts; i++)
{
fmgr_info_copy(&(state->hashFn[i]),
index_getprocinfo(index, i + 1, BLOOM_HASH_PROC),
CurrentMemoryContext);
state->collations[i] = index->rd_indcollation[i];
}
/* Initialize amcache if needed with options from metapage */
if (!index->rd_amcache)
{
Buffer buffer;
Page page;
BloomMetaPageData *meta;
BloomOptions *opts;
opts = MemoryContextAlloc(index->rd_indexcxt, sizeof(BloomOptions));
buffer = ReadBuffer(index, BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE);
page = BufferGetPage(buffer);
if (!BloomPageIsMeta(page))
elog(ERROR, "Relation is not a bloom index");
meta = BloomPageGetMeta(BufferGetPage(buffer));
if (meta->magickNumber != BLOOM_MAGICK_NUMBER)
elog(ERROR, "Relation is not a bloom index");
*opts = meta->opts;
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
index->rd_amcache = (void *) opts;
}
memcpy(&state->opts, index->rd_amcache, sizeof(state->opts));
state->sizeOfBloomTuple = BLOOMTUPLEHDRSZ +
sizeof(BloomSignatureWord) * state->opts.bloomLength;
}
/*
* Random generator copied from FreeBSD. Using own random generator here for
* two reasons:
*
* 1) In this case random numbers are used for on-disk storage. Usage of
* PostgreSQL number generator would obstruct it from all possible changes.
* 2) Changing seed of PostgreSQL random generator would be undesirable side
* effect.
*/
static int32 next;
static int32
myRand(void)
{
/*----------
* Compute x = (7^5 * x) mod (2^31 - 1)
* without overflowing 31 bits:
* (2^31 - 1) = 127773 * (7^5) + 2836
* From "Random number generators: good ones are hard to find",
* Park and Miller, Communications of the ACM, vol. 31, no. 10,
* October 1988, p. 1195.
*----------
*/
int32 hi,
lo,
x;
/* Must be in [1, 0x7ffffffe] range at this point. */
hi = next / 127773;
lo = next % 127773;
x = 16807 * lo - 2836 * hi;
if (x < 0)
x += 0x7fffffff;
next = x;
/* Transform to [0, 0x7ffffffd] range. */
return (x - 1);
}
static void
mySrand(uint32 seed)
{
next = seed;
/* Transform to [1, 0x7ffffffe] range. */
next = (next % 0x7ffffffe) + 1;
}
/*
* Add bits of given value to the signature.
*/
void
signValue(BloomState *state, BloomSignatureWord *sign, Datum value, int attno)
{
uint32 hashVal;
int nBit,
j;
/*
* init generator with "column's" number to get "hashed" seed for new
* value. We don't want to map the same numbers from different columns
* into the same bits!
*/
mySrand(attno);
/*
* Init hash sequence to map our value into bits. the same values in
* different columns will be mapped into different bits because of step
* above
*/
hashVal = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall1Coll(&state->hashFn[attno], state->collations[attno], value));
mySrand(hashVal ^ myRand());
for (j = 0; j < state->opts.bitSize[attno]; j++)
{
/* prevent multiple evaluation in SETBIT macro */
nBit = myRand() % (state->opts.bloomLength * SIGNWORDBITS);
SETBIT(sign, nBit);
}
}
/*
* Make bloom tuple from values.
*/
BloomTuple *
BloomFormTuple(BloomState *state, ItemPointer iptr, Datum *values, bool *isnull)
{
int i;
BloomTuple *res = (BloomTuple *) palloc0(state->sizeOfBloomTuple);
res->heapPtr = *iptr;
/* Blooming each column */
for (i = 0; i < state->nColumns; i++)
{
/* skip nulls */
if (isnull[i])
continue;
signValue(state, res->sign, values[i], i);
}
return res;
}
/*
* Add new bloom tuple to the page. Returns true if new tuple was successfully
* added to the page. Returns false if it doesn't fit on the page.
*/
bool
BloomPageAddItem(BloomState *state, Page page, BloomTuple *tuple)
{
BloomTuple *itup;
BloomPageOpaque opaque;
Pointer ptr;
/* We shouldn't be pointed to an invalid page */
Assert(!PageIsNew(page) && !BloomPageIsDeleted(page));
/* Does new tuple fit on the page? */
if (BloomPageGetFreeSpace(state, page) < state->sizeOfBloomTuple)
return false;
/* Copy new tuple to the end of page */
opaque = BloomPageGetOpaque(page);
itup = BloomPageGetTuple(state, page, opaque->maxoff + 1);
memcpy((Pointer) itup, (Pointer) tuple, state->sizeOfBloomTuple);
/* Adjust maxoff and pd_lower */
opaque->maxoff++;
ptr = (Pointer) BloomPageGetTuple(state, page, opaque->maxoff + 1);
((PageHeader) page)->pd_lower = ptr - page;
/* Assert we didn't overrun available space */
Assert(((PageHeader) page)->pd_lower <= ((PageHeader) page)->pd_upper);
return true;
}
/*
* Allocate a new page (either by recycling, or by extending the index file)
* The returned buffer is already pinned and exclusive-locked
* Caller is responsible for initializing the page by calling BloomInitPage
*/
Buffer
BloomNewBuffer(Relation index)
{
Buffer buffer;
bool needLock;
/* First, try to get a page from FSM */
for (;;)
{
BlockNumber blkno = GetFreeIndexPage(index);
if (blkno == InvalidBlockNumber)
break;
buffer = ReadBuffer(index, blkno);
/*
* We have to guard against the possibility that someone else already
* recycled this page; the buffer may be locked if so.
*/
if (ConditionalLockBuffer(buffer))
{
Page page = BufferGetPage(buffer);
if (PageIsNew(page))
return buffer; /* OK to use, if never initialized */
if (BloomPageIsDeleted(page))
return buffer; /* OK to use */
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
}
/* Can't use it, so release buffer and try again */
ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
}
/* Must extend the file */
needLock = !RELATION_IS_LOCAL(index);
if (needLock)
LockRelationForExtension(index, ExclusiveLock);
buffer = ReadBuffer(index, P_NEW);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
if (needLock)
UnlockRelationForExtension(index, ExclusiveLock);
return buffer;
}
/*
* Initialize any page of a bloom index.
*/
void
BloomInitPage(Page page, uint16 flags)
{
BloomPageOpaque opaque;
PageInit(page, BLCKSZ, sizeof(BloomPageOpaqueData));
opaque = BloomPageGetOpaque(page);
opaque->flags = flags;
opaque->bloom_page_id = BLOOM_PAGE_ID;
}
/*
* Fill in metapage for bloom index.
*/
void
BloomFillMetapage(Relation index, Page metaPage)
{
BloomOptions *opts;
BloomMetaPageData *metadata;
/*
* Choose the index's options. If reloptions have been assigned, use
* those, otherwise create default options.
*/
opts = (BloomOptions *) index->rd_options;
if (!opts)
opts = makeDefaultBloomOptions();
/*
* Initialize contents of meta page, including a copy of the options,
* which are now frozen for the life of the index.
*/
BloomInitPage(metaPage, BLOOM_META);
metadata = BloomPageGetMeta(metaPage);
memset(metadata, 0, sizeof(BloomMetaPageData));
metadata->magickNumber = BLOOM_MAGICK_NUMBER;
metadata->opts = *opts;
((PageHeader) metaPage)->pd_lower += sizeof(BloomMetaPageData);
/* If this fails, probably FreeBlockNumberArray size calc is wrong: */
Assert(((PageHeader) metaPage)->pd_lower <= ((PageHeader) metaPage)->pd_upper);
}
/*
* Initialize metapage for bloom index.
*/
void
BloomInitMetapage(Relation index)
{
Buffer metaBuffer;
Page metaPage;
GenericXLogState *state;
/*
* Make a new page; since it is first page it should be associated with
* block number 0 (BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO).
*/
metaBuffer = BloomNewBuffer(index);
Assert(BufferGetBlockNumber(metaBuffer) == BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO);
/* Initialize contents of meta page */
state = GenericXLogStart(index);
metaPage = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(state, metaBuffer,
GENERIC_XLOG_FULL_IMAGE);
BloomFillMetapage(index, metaPage);
GenericXLogFinish(state);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(metaBuffer);
}
/*
* Parse reloptions for bloom index, producing a BloomOptions struct.
*/
bytea *
bloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate)
{
BloomOptions *rdopts;
/* Parse the user-given reloptions */
rdopts = (BloomOptions *) build_reloptions(reloptions, validate,
bl_relopt_kind,
sizeof(BloomOptions),
bl_relopt_tab,
lengthof(bl_relopt_tab));
/* Convert signature length from # of bits to # to words, rounding up */
if (rdopts)
rdopts->bloomLength = (rdopts->bloomLength + SIGNWORDBITS - 1) / SIGNWORDBITS;
return (bytea *) rdopts;
}

217
contrib/bloom/blvacuum.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* blvacuum.c
* Bloom VACUUM functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 2016-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/bloom/blvacuum.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include "access/genam.h"
#include "bloom.h"
#include "catalog/storage.h"
#include "commands/vacuum.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "postmaster/autovacuum.h"
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
#include "storage/indexfsm.h"
#include "storage/lmgr.h"
/*
* Bulk deletion of all index entries pointing to a set of heap tuples.
* The set of target tuples is specified via a callback routine that tells
* whether any given heap tuple (identified by ItemPointer) is being deleted.
*
* Result: a palloc'd struct containing statistical info for VACUUM displays.
*/
IndexBulkDeleteResult *
blbulkdelete(IndexVacuumInfo *info, IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats,
IndexBulkDeleteCallback callback, void *callback_state)
{
Relation index = info->index;
BlockNumber blkno,
npages;
FreeBlockNumberArray notFullPage;
int countPage = 0;
BloomState state;
Buffer buffer;
Page page;
BloomMetaPageData *metaData;
GenericXLogState *gxlogState;
if (stats == NULL)
stats = (IndexBulkDeleteResult *) palloc0(sizeof(IndexBulkDeleteResult));
initBloomState(&state, index);
/*
* Iterate over the pages. We don't care about concurrently added pages,
* they can't contain tuples to delete.
*/
npages = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(index);
for (blkno = BLOOM_HEAD_BLKNO; blkno < npages; blkno++)
{
BloomTuple *itup,
*itupPtr,
*itupEnd;
vacuum_delay_point();
buffer = ReadBufferExtended(index, MAIN_FORKNUM, blkno,
RBM_NORMAL, info->strategy);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
gxlogState = GenericXLogStart(index);
page = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(gxlogState, buffer, 0);
/* Ignore empty/deleted pages until blvacuumcleanup() */
if (PageIsNew(page) || BloomPageIsDeleted(page))
{
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
GenericXLogAbort(gxlogState);
continue;
}
/*
* Iterate over the tuples. itup points to current tuple being
* scanned, itupPtr points to where to save next non-deleted tuple.
*/
itup = itupPtr = BloomPageGetTuple(&state, page, FirstOffsetNumber);
itupEnd = BloomPageGetTuple(&state, page,
OffsetNumberNext(BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page)));
while (itup < itupEnd)
{
/* Do we have to delete this tuple? */
if (callback(&itup->heapPtr, callback_state))
{
/* Yes; adjust count of tuples that will be left on page */
BloomPageGetOpaque(page)->maxoff--;
stats->tuples_removed += 1;
}
else
{
/* No; copy it to itupPtr++, but skip copy if not needed */
if (itupPtr != itup)
memmove((Pointer) itupPtr, (Pointer) itup,
state.sizeOfBloomTuple);
itupPtr = BloomPageGetNextTuple(&state, itupPtr);
}
itup = BloomPageGetNextTuple(&state, itup);
}
/* Assert that we counted correctly */
Assert(itupPtr == BloomPageGetTuple(&state, page,
OffsetNumberNext(BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page))));
/*
* Add page to new notFullPage list if we will not mark page as
* deleted and there is free space on it
*/
if (BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page) != 0 &&
BloomPageGetFreeSpace(&state, page) >= state.sizeOfBloomTuple &&
countPage < BloomMetaBlockN)
notFullPage[countPage++] = blkno;
/* Did we delete something? */
if (itupPtr != itup)
{
/* Is it empty page now? */
if (BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page) == 0)
BloomPageSetDeleted(page);
/* Adjust pd_lower */
((PageHeader) page)->pd_lower = (Pointer) itupPtr - page;
/* Finish WAL-logging */
GenericXLogFinish(gxlogState);
}
else
{
/* Didn't change anything: abort WAL-logging */
GenericXLogAbort(gxlogState);
}
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
}
/*
* Update the metapage's notFullPage list with whatever we found. Our
* info could already be out of date at this point, but blinsert() will
* cope if so.
*/
buffer = ReadBuffer(index, BLOOM_METAPAGE_BLKNO);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
gxlogState = GenericXLogStart(index);
page = GenericXLogRegisterBuffer(gxlogState, buffer, 0);
metaData = BloomPageGetMeta(page);
memcpy(metaData->notFullPage, notFullPage, sizeof(BlockNumber) * countPage);
metaData->nStart = 0;
metaData->nEnd = countPage;
GenericXLogFinish(gxlogState);
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
return stats;
}
/*
* Post-VACUUM cleanup.
*
* Result: a palloc'd struct containing statistical info for VACUUM displays.
*/
IndexBulkDeleteResult *
blvacuumcleanup(IndexVacuumInfo *info, IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats)
{
Relation index = info->index;
BlockNumber npages,
blkno;
if (info->analyze_only)
return stats;
if (stats == NULL)
stats = (IndexBulkDeleteResult *) palloc0(sizeof(IndexBulkDeleteResult));
/*
* Iterate over the pages: insert deleted pages into FSM and collect
* statistics.
*/
npages = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(index);
stats->num_pages = npages;
stats->pages_free = 0;
stats->num_index_tuples = 0;
for (blkno = BLOOM_HEAD_BLKNO; blkno < npages; blkno++)
{
Buffer buffer;
Page page;
vacuum_delay_point();
buffer = ReadBufferExtended(index, MAIN_FORKNUM, blkno,
RBM_NORMAL, info->strategy);
LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE);
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
if (PageIsNew(page) || BloomPageIsDeleted(page))
{
RecordFreeIndexPage(index, blkno);
stats->pages_free++;
}
else
{
stats->num_index_tuples += BloomPageGetMaxOffset(page);
}
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
}
IndexFreeSpaceMapVacuum(info->index);
return stats;
}

225
contrib/bloom/blvalidate.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* blvalidate.c
* Opclass validator for bloom.
*
* Copyright (c) 2016-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
* contrib/bloom/blvalidate.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include "access/amvalidate.h"
#include "access/htup_details.h"
#include "bloom.h"
#include "catalog/pg_amop.h"
#include "catalog/pg_amproc.h"
#include "catalog/pg_opclass.h"
#include "catalog/pg_opfamily.h"
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
#include "utils/regproc.h"
#include "utils/syscache.h"
/*
* Validator for a bloom opclass.
*/
bool
blvalidate(Oid opclassoid)
{
bool result = true;
HeapTuple classtup;
Form_pg_opclass classform;
Oid opfamilyoid;
Oid opcintype;
Oid opckeytype;
char *opclassname;
HeapTuple familytup;
Form_pg_opfamily familyform;
char *opfamilyname;
CatCList *proclist,
*oprlist;
List *grouplist;
OpFamilyOpFuncGroup *opclassgroup;
int i;
ListCell *lc;
/* Fetch opclass information */
classtup = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opclassoid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(classtup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for operator class %u", opclassoid);
classform = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(classtup);
opfamilyoid = classform->opcfamily;
opcintype = classform->opcintype;
opckeytype = classform->opckeytype;
if (!OidIsValid(opckeytype))
opckeytype = opcintype;
opclassname = NameStr(classform->opcname);
/* Fetch opfamily information */
familytup = SearchSysCache1(OPFAMILYOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfamilyoid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(familytup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for operator family %u", opfamilyoid);
familyform = (Form_pg_opfamily) GETSTRUCT(familytup);
opfamilyname = NameStr(familyform->opfname);
/* Fetch all operators and support functions of the opfamily */
oprlist = SearchSysCacheList1(AMOPSTRATEGY, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfamilyoid));
proclist = SearchSysCacheList1(AMPROCNUM, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfamilyoid));
/* Check individual support functions */
for (i = 0; i < proclist->n_members; i++)
{
HeapTuple proctup = &proclist->members[i]->tuple;
Form_pg_amproc procform = (Form_pg_amproc) GETSTRUCT(proctup);
bool ok;
/*
* All bloom support functions should be registered with matching
* left/right types
*/
if (procform->amproclefttype != procform->amprocrighttype)
{
ereport(INFO,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("bloom opfamily %s contains support procedure %s with cross-type registration",
opfamilyname,
format_procedure(procform->amproc))));
result = false;
}
/*
* We can't check signatures except within the specific opclass, since
* we need to know the associated opckeytype in many cases.
*/
if (procform->amproclefttype != opcintype)
continue;
/* Check procedure numbers and function signatures */
switch (procform->amprocnum)
{
case BLOOM_HASH_PROC:
ok = check_amproc_signature(procform->amproc, INT4OID, false,
1, 1, opckeytype);
break;
case BLOOM_OPTIONS_PROC:
ok = check_amoptsproc_signature(procform->amproc);
break;
default:
ereport(INFO,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("bloom opfamily %s contains function %s with invalid support number %d",
opfamilyname,
format_procedure(procform->amproc),
procform->amprocnum)));
result = false;
continue; /* don't want additional message */
}
if (!ok)
{
ereport(INFO,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("gist opfamily %s contains function %s with wrong signature for support number %d",
opfamilyname,
format_procedure(procform->amproc),
procform->amprocnum)));
result = false;
}
}
/* Check individual operators */
for (i = 0; i < oprlist->n_members; i++)
{
HeapTuple oprtup = &oprlist->members[i]->tuple;
Form_pg_amop oprform = (Form_pg_amop) GETSTRUCT(oprtup);
/* Check it's allowed strategy for bloom */
if (oprform->amopstrategy < 1 ||
oprform->amopstrategy > BLOOM_NSTRATEGIES)
{
ereport(INFO,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("bloom opfamily %s contains operator %s with invalid strategy number %d",
opfamilyname,
format_operator(oprform->amopopr),
oprform->amopstrategy)));
result = false;
}
/* bloom doesn't support ORDER BY operators */
if (oprform->amoppurpose != AMOP_SEARCH ||
OidIsValid(oprform->amopsortfamily))
{
ereport(INFO,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("bloom opfamily %s contains invalid ORDER BY specification for operator %s",
opfamilyname,
format_operator(oprform->amopopr))));
result = false;
}
/* Check operator signature --- same for all bloom strategies */
if (!check_amop_signature(oprform->amopopr, BOOLOID,
oprform->amoplefttype,
oprform->amoprighttype))
{
ereport(INFO,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("bloom opfamily %s contains operator %s with wrong signature",
opfamilyname,
format_operator(oprform->amopopr))));
result = false;
}
}
/* Now check for inconsistent groups of operators/functions */
grouplist = identify_opfamily_groups(oprlist, proclist);
opclassgroup = NULL;
foreach(lc, grouplist)
{
OpFamilyOpFuncGroup *thisgroup = (OpFamilyOpFuncGroup *) lfirst(lc);
/* Remember the group exactly matching the test opclass */
if (thisgroup->lefttype == opcintype &&
thisgroup->righttype == opcintype)
opclassgroup = thisgroup;
/*
* There is not a lot we can do to check the operator sets, since each
* bloom opclass is more or less a law unto itself, and some contain
* only operators that are binary-compatible with the opclass datatype
* (meaning that empty operator sets can be OK). That case also means
* that we shouldn't insist on nonempty function sets except for the
* opclass's own group.
*/
}
/* Check that the originally-named opclass is complete */
for (i = 1; i <= BLOOM_NPROC; i++)
{
if (opclassgroup &&
(opclassgroup->functionset & (((uint64) 1) << i)) != 0)
continue; /* got it */
if (i == BLOOM_OPTIONS_PROC)
continue; /* optional method */
ereport(INFO,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("bloom opclass %s is missing support function %d",
opclassname, i)));
result = false;
}
ReleaseCatCacheList(proclist);
ReleaseCatCacheList(oprlist);
ReleaseSysCache(familytup);
ReleaseSysCache(classtup);
return result;
}

230
contrib/bloom/expected/bloom.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
CREATE EXTENSION bloom;
CREATE TABLE tst (
i int4,
t text
);
INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col1 = 3);
ALTER INDEX bloomidx SET (length=80);
SET enable_seqscan=on;
SET enable_bitmapscan=off;
SET enable_indexscan=off;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
count
-------
200
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
count
-------
112
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
count
-------
13
(1 row)
SET enable_seqscan=off;
SET enable_bitmapscan=on;
SET enable_indexscan=on;
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
QUERY PLAN
-------------------------------------------
Aggregate
-> Bitmap Heap Scan on tst
Recheck Cond: (i = 7)
-> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidx
Index Cond: (i = 7)
(5 rows)
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
QUERY PLAN
-------------------------------------------
Aggregate
-> Bitmap Heap Scan on tst
Recheck Cond: (t = '5'::text)
-> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidx
Index Cond: (t = '5'::text)
(5 rows)
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
QUERY PLAN
---------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate
-> Bitmap Heap Scan on tst
Recheck Cond: ((i = 7) AND (t = '5'::text))
-> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidx
Index Cond: ((i = 7) AND (t = '5'::text))
(5 rows)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
count
-------
200
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
count
-------
112
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
count
-------
13
(1 row)
DELETE FROM tst;
INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
VACUUM ANALYZE tst;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
count
-------
200
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
count
-------
112
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
count
-------
13
(1 row)
DELETE FROM tst WHERE i > 1 OR t = '5';
VACUUM tst;
INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
count
-------
200
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
count
-------
112
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
count
-------
13
(1 row)
VACUUM FULL tst;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
count
-------
200
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
count
-------
112
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
count
-------
13
(1 row)
-- Try an unlogged table too
CREATE UNLOGGED TABLE tstu (
i int4,
t text
);
INSERT INTO tstu SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
CREATE INDEX bloomidxu ON tstu USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col2 = 4);
SET enable_seqscan=off;
SET enable_bitmapscan=on;
SET enable_indexscan=on;
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7;
QUERY PLAN
--------------------------------------------
Aggregate
-> Bitmap Heap Scan on tstu
Recheck Cond: (i = 7)
-> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidxu
Index Cond: (i = 7)
(5 rows)
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE t = '5';
QUERY PLAN
--------------------------------------------
Aggregate
-> Bitmap Heap Scan on tstu
Recheck Cond: (t = '5'::text)
-> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidxu
Index Cond: (t = '5'::text)
(5 rows)
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
QUERY PLAN
---------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate
-> Bitmap Heap Scan on tstu
Recheck Cond: ((i = 7) AND (t = '5'::text))
-> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidxu
Index Cond: ((i = 7) AND (t = '5'::text))
(5 rows)
SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7;
count
-------
200
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE t = '5';
count
-------
112
(1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
count
-------
13
(1 row)
RESET enable_seqscan;
RESET enable_bitmapscan;
RESET enable_indexscan;
-- Run amvalidator function on our opclasses
SELECT opcname, amvalidate(opc.oid)
FROM pg_opclass opc JOIN pg_am am ON am.oid = opcmethod
WHERE amname = 'bloom'
ORDER BY 1;
opcname | amvalidate
----------+------------
int4_ops | t
text_ops | t
(2 rows)
--
-- relation options
--
DROP INDEX bloomidx;
CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (length=7, col1=4);
SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'bloomidx'::regclass;
reloptions
-------------------
{length=7,col1=4}
(1 row)
-- check for min and max values
\set VERBOSITY terse
CREATE INDEX bloomidx2 ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (length=0);
ERROR: value 0 out of bounds for option "length"
CREATE INDEX bloomidx2 ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col1=0);
ERROR: value 0 out of bounds for option "col1"

95
contrib/bloom/sql/bloom.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
CREATE EXTENSION bloom;
CREATE TABLE tst (
i int4,
t text
);
INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col1 = 3);
ALTER INDEX bloomidx SET (length=80);
SET enable_seqscan=on;
SET enable_bitmapscan=off;
SET enable_indexscan=off;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
SET enable_seqscan=off;
SET enable_bitmapscan=on;
SET enable_indexscan=on;
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
DELETE FROM tst;
INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
VACUUM ANALYZE tst;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
DELETE FROM tst WHERE i > 1 OR t = '5';
VACUUM tst;
INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
VACUUM FULL tst;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7;
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
-- Try an unlogged table too
CREATE UNLOGGED TABLE tstu (
i int4,
t text
);
INSERT INTO tstu SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i;
CREATE INDEX bloomidxu ON tstu USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col2 = 4);
SET enable_seqscan=off;
SET enable_bitmapscan=on;
SET enable_indexscan=on;
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7;
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE t = '5';
EXPLAIN (COSTS OFF) SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7;
SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE t = '5';
SELECT count(*) FROM tstu WHERE i = 7 AND t = '5';
RESET enable_seqscan;
RESET enable_bitmapscan;
RESET enable_indexscan;
-- Run amvalidator function on our opclasses
SELECT opcname, amvalidate(opc.oid)
FROM pg_opclass opc JOIN pg_am am ON am.oid = opcmethod
WHERE amname = 'bloom'
ORDER BY 1;
--
-- relation options
--
DROP INDEX bloomidx;
CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (length=7, col1=4);
SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'bloomidx'::regclass;
-- check for min and max values
\set VERBOSITY terse
CREATE INDEX bloomidx2 ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (length=0);
CREATE INDEX bloomidx2 ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col1=0);

82
contrib/bloom/t/001_wal.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
# Copyright (c) 2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
# Test generic xlog record work for bloom index replication.
use strict;
use warnings;
use PostgresNode;
use TestLib;
use Test::More tests => 31;
my $node_primary;
my $node_standby;
# Run few queries on both primary and standby and check their results match.
sub test_index_replay
{
my ($test_name) = @_;
local $Test::Builder::Level = $Test::Builder::Level + 1;
# Wait for standby to catch up
$node_primary->wait_for_catchup($node_standby);
my $queries = qq(SET enable_seqscan=off;
SET enable_bitmapscan=on;
SET enable_indexscan=on;
SELECT * FROM tst WHERE i = 0;
SELECT * FROM tst WHERE i = 3;
SELECT * FROM tst WHERE t = 'b';
SELECT * FROM tst WHERE t = 'f';
SELECT * FROM tst WHERE i = 3 AND t = 'c';
SELECT * FROM tst WHERE i = 7 AND t = 'e';
);
# Run test queries and compare their result
my $primary_result = $node_primary->safe_psql("postgres", $queries);
my $standby_result = $node_standby->safe_psql("postgres", $queries);
is($primary_result, $standby_result, "$test_name: query result matches");
return;
}
# Initialize primary node
$node_primary = get_new_node('primary');
$node_primary->init(allows_streaming => 1);
$node_primary->start;
my $backup_name = 'my_backup';
# Take backup
$node_primary->backup($backup_name);
# Create streaming standby linking to primary
$node_standby = get_new_node('standby');
$node_standby->init_from_backup($node_primary, $backup_name,
has_streaming => 1);
$node_standby->start;
# Create some bloom index on primary
$node_primary->safe_psql("postgres", "CREATE EXTENSION bloom;");
$node_primary->safe_psql("postgres", "CREATE TABLE tst (i int4, t text);");
$node_primary->safe_psql("postgres",
"INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,100000) i;"
);
$node_primary->safe_psql("postgres",
"CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col1 = 3);");
# Test that queries give same result
test_index_replay('initial');
# Run 10 cycles of table modification. Run test queries after each modification.
for my $i (1 .. 10)
{
$node_primary->safe_psql("postgres", "DELETE FROM tst WHERE i = $i;");
test_index_replay("delete $i");
$node_primary->safe_psql("postgres", "VACUUM tst;");
test_index_replay("vacuum $i");
my ($start, $end) = (100001 + ($i - 1) * 10000, 100000 + $i * 10000);
$node_primary->safe_psql("postgres",
"INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series($start,$end) i;"
);
test_index_replay("insert $i");
}

4
contrib/bool_plperl/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
# Generated subdirectories
/log/
/results/
/tmp_check/

39
contrib/bool_plperl/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
# contrib/bool_plperl/Makefile
MODULE_big = bool_plperl
OBJS = \
$(WIN32RES) \
bool_plperl.o
PGFILEDESC = "bool_plperl - bool transform for plperl"
PG_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/src/pl/plperl
EXTENSION = bool_plperlu bool_plperl
DATA = bool_plperlu--1.0.sql bool_plperl--1.0.sql
REGRESS = bool_plperl bool_plperlu
ifdef USE_PGXS
PG_CONFIG = pg_config
PGXS := $(shell $(PG_CONFIG) --pgxs)
include $(PGXS)
else
subdir = contrib/bool_plperl
top_builddir = ../..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
include $(top_srcdir)/contrib/contrib-global.mk
endif
# We must link libperl explicitly
ifeq ($(PORTNAME), win32)
# these settings are the same as for plperl
override CPPFLAGS += -DPLPERL_HAVE_UID_GID -Wno-comment
# ... see silliness in plperl Makefile ...
SHLIB_LINK_INTERNAL += $(sort $(wildcard ../../src/pl/plperl/libperl*.a))
else
rpathdir = $(perl_archlibexp)/CORE
SHLIB_LINK += $(perl_embed_ldflags)
endif
# As with plperl we need to include the perl_includespec directory last.
override CPPFLAGS := $(CPPFLAGS) $(perl_embed_ccflags) $(perl_includespec)

19
contrib/bool_plperl/bool_plperl--1.0.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
/* contrib/bool_plperl/bool_plperl--1.0.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "CREATE EXTENSION bool_plperl" to load this file. \quit
CREATE FUNCTION bool_to_plperl(val internal) RETURNS internal
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME';
CREATE FUNCTION plperl_to_bool(val internal) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME';
CREATE TRANSFORM FOR bool LANGUAGE plperl (
FROM SQL WITH FUNCTION bool_to_plperl(internal),
TO SQL WITH FUNCTION plperl_to_bool(internal)
);
COMMENT ON TRANSFORM FOR bool LANGUAGE plperl IS 'transform between bool and Perl';

30
contrib/bool_plperl/bool_plperl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
#include "postgres.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
#include "plperl.h"
PG_MODULE_MAGIC;
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(bool_to_plperl);
Datum
bool_to_plperl(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
dTHX;
bool in = PG_GETARG_BOOL(0);
return PointerGetDatum(in ? &PL_sv_yes : &PL_sv_no);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(plperl_to_bool);
Datum
plperl_to_bool(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
dTHX;
SV *in = (SV *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
PG_RETURN_BOOL(SvTRUE(in));
}

7
contrib/bool_plperl/bool_plperl.control Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
# bool_plperl extension
comment = 'transform between bool and plperl'
default_version = '1.0'
module_pathname = '$libdir/bool_plperl'
relocatable = true
trusted = true
requires = 'plperl'

19
contrib/bool_plperl/bool_plperlu--1.0.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
/* contrib/bool_plperl/bool_plperlu--1.0.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "CREATE EXTENSION bool_plperlu" to load this file. \quit
CREATE FUNCTION bool_to_plperlu(val internal) RETURNS internal
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'bool_to_plperl';
CREATE FUNCTION plperlu_to_bool(val internal) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'plperl_to_bool';
CREATE TRANSFORM FOR bool LANGUAGE plperlu (
FROM SQL WITH FUNCTION bool_to_plperlu(internal),
TO SQL WITH FUNCTION plperlu_to_bool(internal)
);
COMMENT ON TRANSFORM FOR bool LANGUAGE plperlu IS 'transform between bool and Perl';

6
contrib/bool_plperl/bool_plperlu.control Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
# bool_plperlu extension
comment = 'transform between bool and plperlu'
default_version = '1.0'
module_pathname = '$libdir/bool_plperl'
relocatable = true
requires = 'plperlu'

112
contrib/bool_plperl/expected/bool_plperl.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
CREATE EXTENSION bool_plperl CASCADE;
NOTICE: installing required extension "plperl"
--- test transforming from perl
CREATE FUNCTION perl2int(int) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2text(text) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2undef() RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return undef;
$$;
SELECT perl2int(1);
perl2int
----------
t
(1 row)
SELECT perl2int(0);
perl2int
----------
f
(1 row)
SELECT perl2text('foo');
perl2text
-----------
t
(1 row)
SELECT perl2text('');
perl2text
-----------
f
(1 row)
SELECT perl2undef() IS NULL AS p;
p
---
t
(1 row)
--- test transforming to perl
CREATE FUNCTION bool2perl(bool, bool, bool) RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool, for type boolean -- duplicate to test ruleutils
AS $$
my ($x, $y, $z) = @_;
die("NULL mistransformed") if (defined($z));
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($x));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($y));
die("TRUE mistransformed") if (!$x);
die("FALSE mistransformed") if ($y);
$$;
SELECT bool2perl (true, false, NULL);
bool2perl
-----------
(1 row)
--- test ruleutils
\sf bool2perl
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION public.bool2perl(boolean, boolean, boolean)
RETURNS void
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE boolean, FOR TYPE boolean
LANGUAGE plperl
AS $function$
my ($x, $y, $z) = @_;
die("NULL mistransformed") if (defined($z));
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($x));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($y));
die("TRUE mistransformed") if (!$x);
die("FALSE mistransformed") if ($y);
$function$
--- test selecting bool through SPI
CREATE FUNCTION spi_test() RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
my $rv = spi_exec_query('SELECT true t, false f, NULL n')->{rows}->[0];
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{t}));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{f}));
die("NULL mistransformed in SPI") if (defined ($rv->{n}));
die("TRUE mistransformed in SPI") if (!$rv->{t});
die("FALSE mistransformed in SPI") if ($rv->{f});
$$;
SELECT spi_test();
spi_test
----------
(1 row)
DROP EXTENSION plperl CASCADE;
NOTICE: drop cascades to 6 other objects
DETAIL: drop cascades to function spi_test()
drop cascades to extension bool_plperl
drop cascades to function perl2int(integer)
drop cascades to function perl2text(text)
drop cascades to function perl2undef()
drop cascades to function bool2perl(boolean,boolean,boolean)

112
contrib/bool_plperl/expected/bool_plperlu.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
CREATE EXTENSION bool_plperlu CASCADE;
NOTICE: installing required extension "plperlu"
--- test transforming from perl
CREATE FUNCTION perl2int(int) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2text(text) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2undef() RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return undef;
$$;
SELECT perl2int(1);
perl2int
----------
t
(1 row)
SELECT perl2int(0);
perl2int
----------
f
(1 row)
SELECT perl2text('foo');
perl2text
-----------
t
(1 row)
SELECT perl2text('');
perl2text
-----------
f
(1 row)
SELECT perl2undef() IS NULL AS p;
p
---
t
(1 row)
--- test transforming to perl
CREATE FUNCTION bool2perl(bool, bool, bool) RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool, for type boolean -- duplicate to test ruleutils
AS $$
my ($x, $y, $z) = @_;
die("NULL mistransformed") if (defined($z));
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($x));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($y));
die("TRUE mistransformed") if (!$x);
die("FALSE mistransformed") if ($y);
$$;
SELECT bool2perl (true, false, NULL);
bool2perl
-----------
(1 row)
--- test ruleutils
\sf bool2perl
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION public.bool2perl(boolean, boolean, boolean)
RETURNS void
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE boolean, FOR TYPE boolean
LANGUAGE plperlu
AS $function$
my ($x, $y, $z) = @_;
die("NULL mistransformed") if (defined($z));
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($x));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($y));
die("TRUE mistransformed") if (!$x);
die("FALSE mistransformed") if ($y);
$function$
--- test selecting bool through SPI
CREATE FUNCTION spi_test() RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
my $rv = spi_exec_query('SELECT true t, false f, NULL n')->{rows}->[0];
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{t}));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{f}));
die("NULL mistransformed in SPI") if (defined ($rv->{n}));
die("TRUE mistransformed in SPI") if (!$rv->{t});
die("FALSE mistransformed in SPI") if ($rv->{f});
$$;
SELECT spi_test();
spi_test
----------
(1 row)
DROP EXTENSION plperlu CASCADE;
NOTICE: drop cascades to 6 other objects
DETAIL: drop cascades to function spi_test()
drop cascades to extension bool_plperlu
drop cascades to function perl2int(integer)
drop cascades to function perl2text(text)
drop cascades to function perl2undef()
drop cascades to function bool2perl(boolean,boolean,boolean)

70
contrib/bool_plperl/sql/bool_plperl.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
CREATE EXTENSION bool_plperl CASCADE;
--- test transforming from perl
CREATE FUNCTION perl2int(int) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2text(text) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2undef() RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return undef;
$$;
SELECT perl2int(1);
SELECT perl2int(0);
SELECT perl2text('foo');
SELECT perl2text('');
SELECT perl2undef() IS NULL AS p;
--- test transforming to perl
CREATE FUNCTION bool2perl(bool, bool, bool) RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool, for type boolean -- duplicate to test ruleutils
AS $$
my ($x, $y, $z) = @_;
die("NULL mistransformed") if (defined($z));
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($x));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($y));
die("TRUE mistransformed") if (!$x);
die("FALSE mistransformed") if ($y);
$$;
SELECT bool2perl (true, false, NULL);
--- test ruleutils
\sf bool2perl
--- test selecting bool through SPI
CREATE FUNCTION spi_test() RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperl
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
my $rv = spi_exec_query('SELECT true t, false f, NULL n')->{rows}->[0];
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{t}));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{f}));
die("NULL mistransformed in SPI") if (defined ($rv->{n}));
die("TRUE mistransformed in SPI") if (!$rv->{t});
die("FALSE mistransformed in SPI") if ($rv->{f});
$$;
SELECT spi_test();
DROP EXTENSION plperl CASCADE;

70
contrib/bool_plperl/sql/bool_plperlu.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
CREATE EXTENSION bool_plperlu CASCADE;
--- test transforming from perl
CREATE FUNCTION perl2int(int) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2text(text) RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return shift;
$$;
CREATE FUNCTION perl2undef() RETURNS bool
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
return undef;
$$;
SELECT perl2int(1);
SELECT perl2int(0);
SELECT perl2text('foo');
SELECT perl2text('');
SELECT perl2undef() IS NULL AS p;
--- test transforming to perl
CREATE FUNCTION bool2perl(bool, bool, bool) RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool, for type boolean -- duplicate to test ruleutils
AS $$
my ($x, $y, $z) = @_;
die("NULL mistransformed") if (defined($z));
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($x));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF") if (!defined($y));
die("TRUE mistransformed") if (!$x);
die("FALSE mistransformed") if ($y);
$$;
SELECT bool2perl (true, false, NULL);
--- test ruleutils
\sf bool2perl
--- test selecting bool through SPI
CREATE FUNCTION spi_test() RETURNS void
LANGUAGE plperlu
TRANSFORM FOR TYPE bool
AS $$
my $rv = spi_exec_query('SELECT true t, false f, NULL n')->{rows}->[0];
die("TRUE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{t}));
die("FALSE mistransformed to UNDEF in SPI") if (!defined ($rv->{f}));
die("NULL mistransformed in SPI") if (defined ($rv->{n}));
die("TRUE mistransformed in SPI") if (!$rv->{t});
die("FALSE mistransformed in SPI") if ($rv->{f});
$$;
SELECT spi_test();
DROP EXTENSION plperlu CASCADE;

4
contrib/btree_gin/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
# Generated subdirectories
/log/
/results/
/tmp_check/

27
contrib/btree_gin/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
# contrib/btree_gin/Makefile
MODULE_big = btree_gin
OBJS = \
$(WIN32RES) \
btree_gin.o
EXTENSION = btree_gin
DATA = btree_gin--1.0.sql btree_gin--1.0--1.1.sql btree_gin--1.1--1.2.sql \
btree_gin--1.2--1.3.sql
PGFILEDESC = "btree_gin - B-tree equivalent GIN operator classes"
REGRESS = install_btree_gin int2 int4 int8 float4 float8 money oid \
timestamp timestamptz time timetz date interval \
macaddr macaddr8 inet cidr text varchar char bytea bit varbit \
numeric enum uuid name bool bpchar
ifdef USE_PGXS
PG_CONFIG = pg_config
PGXS := $(shell $(PG_CONFIG) --pgxs)
include $(PGXS)
else
subdir = contrib/btree_gin
top_builddir = ../..
include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
include $(top_srcdir)/contrib/contrib-global.mk
endif

35
contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.0--1.1.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.0--1.1.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION btree_gin UPDATE TO '1.1'" to load this file. \quit
-- macaddr8 datatype support new in 10.0.
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_macaddr8(macaddr8, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_macaddr8(macaddr8, macaddr8, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_macaddr8(macaddr8, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS macaddr8_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE macaddr8 USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 macaddr8_cmp(macaddr8, macaddr8),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_macaddr8(macaddr8, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_macaddr8(macaddr8, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_macaddr8(macaddr8, macaddr8, int2, internal),
STORAGE macaddr8;

689
contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.0.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
/* contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.0.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "CREATE EXTENSION btree_gin" to load this file. \quit
CREATE FUNCTION gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal)
RETURNS bool
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_int2(int2, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_int2(int2, int2, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_int2(int2, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS int2_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE int2 USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btint2cmp(int2,int2),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_int2(int2, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_int2(int2, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_int2(int2,int2,int2, internal),
STORAGE int2;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_int4(int4, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_int4(int4, int4, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_int4(int4, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS int4_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE int4 USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btint4cmp(int4,int4),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_int4(int4, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_int4(int4, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_int4(int4,int4,int2, internal),
STORAGE int4;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_int8(int8, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_int8(int8, int8, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_int8(int8, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS int8_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE int8 USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btint8cmp(int8,int8),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_int8(int8, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_int8(int8, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_int8(int8,int8,int2, internal),
STORAGE int8;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_float4(float4, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_float4(float4, float4, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_float4(float4, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS float4_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE float4 USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btfloat4cmp(float4,float4),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_float4(float4, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_float4(float4, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_float4(float4,float4,int2, internal),
STORAGE float4;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_float8(float8, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_float8(float8, float8, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_float8(float8, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS float8_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE float8 USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btfloat8cmp(float8,float8),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_float8(float8, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_float8(float8, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_float8(float8,float8,int2, internal),
STORAGE float8;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_money(money, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_money(money, money, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_money(money, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS money_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE money USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 cash_cmp(money,money),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_money(money, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_money(money, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_money(money,money,int2, internal),
STORAGE money;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_oid(oid, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_oid(oid, oid, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_oid(oid, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS oid_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE oid USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btoidcmp(oid,oid),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_oid(oid, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_oid(oid, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_oid(oid,oid,int2, internal),
STORAGE oid;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_timestamp(timestamp, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_timestamp(timestamp, timestamp, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_timestamp(timestamp, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS timestamp_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE timestamp USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 timestamp_cmp(timestamp,timestamp),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_timestamp(timestamp, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_timestamp(timestamp, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_timestamp(timestamp,timestamp,int2, internal),
STORAGE timestamp;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_timestamptz(timestamptz, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_timestamptz(timestamptz, timestamptz, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_timestamptz(timestamptz, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS timestamptz_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE timestamptz USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 timestamptz_cmp(timestamptz,timestamptz),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_timestamptz(timestamptz, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_timestamptz(timestamptz, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_timestamptz(timestamptz,timestamptz,int2, internal),
STORAGE timestamptz;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_time(time, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_time(time, time, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_time(time, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS time_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE time USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 time_cmp(time,time),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_time(time, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_time(time, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_time(time,time,int2, internal),
STORAGE time;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_timetz(timetz, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_timetz(timetz, timetz, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_timetz(timetz, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS timetz_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE timetz USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 timetz_cmp(timetz,timetz),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_timetz(timetz, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_timetz(timetz, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_timetz(timetz,timetz,int2, internal),
STORAGE timetz;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_date(date, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_date(date, date, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_date(date, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS date_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE date USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 date_cmp(date,date),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_date(date, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_date(date, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_date(date,date,int2, internal),
STORAGE date;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_interval(interval, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_interval(interval, interval, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_interval(interval, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS interval_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE interval USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 interval_cmp(interval,interval),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_interval(interval, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_interval(interval, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_interval(interval,interval,int2, internal),
STORAGE interval;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_macaddr(macaddr, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_macaddr(macaddr, macaddr, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_macaddr(macaddr, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS macaddr_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE macaddr USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 macaddr_cmp(macaddr,macaddr),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_macaddr(macaddr, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_macaddr(macaddr, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_macaddr(macaddr,macaddr,int2, internal),
STORAGE macaddr;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_inet(inet, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_inet(inet, inet, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_inet(inet, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS inet_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE inet USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 network_cmp(inet,inet),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_inet(inet, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_inet(inet, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_inet(inet,inet,int2, internal),
STORAGE inet;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_cidr(cidr, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_cidr(cidr, cidr, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_cidr(cidr, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS cidr_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE cidr USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <(inet,inet),
OPERATOR 2 <=(inet,inet),
OPERATOR 3 =(inet,inet),
OPERATOR 4 >=(inet,inet),
OPERATOR 5 >(inet,inet),
FUNCTION 1 network_cmp(inet,inet),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_cidr(cidr, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_cidr(cidr, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_cidr(cidr,cidr,int2, internal),
STORAGE cidr;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_text(text, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_text(text, text, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_text(text, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS text_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE text USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 bttextcmp(text,text),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_text(text, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_text(text, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_text(text,text,int2, internal),
STORAGE text;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS varchar_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE varchar USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <(text,text),
OPERATOR 2 <=(text,text),
OPERATOR 3 =(text,text),
OPERATOR 4 >=(text,text),
OPERATOR 5 >(text,text),
FUNCTION 1 bttextcmp(text,text),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_text(text, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_text(text, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_text(text,text,int2, internal),
STORAGE varchar;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_char("char", internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_char("char", "char", int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_char("char", internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS char_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE "char" USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btcharcmp("char","char"),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_char("char", internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_char("char", internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_char("char","char",int2, internal),
STORAGE "char";
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_bytea(bytea, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_bytea(bytea, bytea, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_bytea(bytea, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS bytea_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE bytea USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 byteacmp(bytea,bytea),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_bytea(bytea, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_bytea(bytea, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_bytea(bytea,bytea,int2, internal),
STORAGE bytea;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_bit(bit, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_bit(bit, bit, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_bit(bit, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS bit_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE bit USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 bitcmp(bit,bit),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_bit(bit, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_bit(bit, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_bit(bit,bit,int2, internal),
STORAGE bit;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_varbit(varbit, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_varbit(varbit, varbit, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_varbit(varbit, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS varbit_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE varbit USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 varbitcmp(varbit,varbit),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_varbit(varbit, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_varbit(varbit, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_varbit(varbit,varbit,int2, internal),
STORAGE varbit;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_numeric(numeric, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_numeric(numeric, numeric, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_numeric(numeric, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_numeric_cmp(numeric, numeric)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS numeric_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE numeric USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 gin_numeric_cmp(numeric,numeric),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_numeric(numeric, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_numeric(numeric, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_numeric(numeric,numeric,int2, internal),
STORAGE numeric;

47
contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.1--1.2.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/* contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.1--1.2.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION btree_gin UPDATE TO '1.1'" to load this file. \quit
--
--
--
-- enum ops
--
--
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_anyenum(anyenum, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_anyenum(anyenum, anyenum, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_anyenum(anyenum, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_enum_cmp(anyenum, anyenum)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS enum_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE anyenum USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 gin_enum_cmp(anyenum,anyenum),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_anyenum(anyenum, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_anyenum(anyenum, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_anyenum(anyenum,anyenum,int2, internal),
STORAGE anyenum;

128
contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.2--1.3.sql Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/* contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin--1.2--1.3.sql */
-- complain if script is sourced in psql, rather than via CREATE EXTENSION
\echo Use "ALTER EXTENSION btree_gin UPDATE TO '1.3'" to load this file. \quit
-- uuid datatype support new in 1.3.
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_uuid(uuid, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_uuid(uuid, uuid, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_uuid(uuid, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS uuid_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE uuid USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 uuid_cmp(uuid,uuid),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_uuid(uuid, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_uuid(uuid, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_uuid(uuid,uuid,int2, internal),
STORAGE uuid;
-- name datatype support new in 1.3.
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_name(name, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_name(name, name, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_name(name, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS name_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE name USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btnamecmp(name,name),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_name(name, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_name(name, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_name(name,name,int2, internal),
STORAGE name;
-- bool datatype support new in 1.3.
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_bool(bool, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_bool(bool, bool, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_bool(bool, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS bool_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE bool USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 btboolcmp(bool,bool),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_bool(bool, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_bool(bool, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_bool(bool,bool,int2, internal),
STORAGE bool;
-- bpchar datatype support new in 1.3.
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_value_bpchar(bpchar, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_compare_prefix_bpchar(bpchar, bpchar, int2, internal)
RETURNS int4
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE FUNCTION gin_extract_query_bpchar(bpchar, internal, int2, internal, internal)
RETURNS internal
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME'
LANGUAGE C STRICT IMMUTABLE;
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS bpchar_ops
DEFAULT FOR TYPE bpchar USING gin
AS
OPERATOR 1 <,
OPERATOR 2 <=,
OPERATOR 3 =,
OPERATOR 4 >=,
OPERATOR 5 >,
FUNCTION 1 bpcharcmp(bpchar, bpchar),
FUNCTION 2 gin_extract_value_bpchar(bpchar, internal),
FUNCTION 3 gin_extract_query_bpchar(bpchar, internal, int2, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 4 gin_btree_consistent(internal, int2, anyelement, int4, internal, internal),
FUNCTION 5 gin_compare_prefix_bpchar(bpchar,bpchar,int2, internal),
STORAGE bpchar;

513
contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
/*
* contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin.c
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "access/stratnum.h"
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/bytea.h"
#include "utils/cash.h"
#include "utils/date.h"
#include "utils/float.h"
#include "utils/inet.h"
#include "utils/numeric.h"
#include "utils/timestamp.h"
#include "utils/uuid.h"
#include "utils/varbit.h"
PG_MODULE_MAGIC;
typedef struct QueryInfo
{
StrategyNumber strategy;
Datum datum;
bool is_varlena;
Datum (*typecmp) (FunctionCallInfo);
} QueryInfo;
/*** GIN support functions shared by all datatypes ***/
static Datum
gin_btree_extract_value(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, bool is_varlena)
{
Datum datum = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0);
int32 *nentries = (int32 *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
Datum *entries = (Datum *) palloc(sizeof(Datum));
if (is_varlena)
datum = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(datum));
entries[0] = datum;
*nentries = 1;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(entries);
}
/*
* For BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber, BTGreaterStrategyNumber, and
* BTEqualStrategyNumber we want to start the index scan at the
* supplied query datum, and work forward. For BTLessStrategyNumber
* and BTLessEqualStrategyNumber, we need to start at the leftmost
* key, and work forward until the supplied query datum (which must be
* sent along inside the QueryInfo structure).
*/
static Datum
gin_btree_extract_query(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
bool is_varlena,
Datum (*leftmostvalue) (void),
Datum (*typecmp) (FunctionCallInfo))
{
Datum datum = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0);
int32 *nentries = (int32 *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
StrategyNumber strategy = PG_GETARG_UINT16(2);
bool **partialmatch = (bool **) PG_GETARG_POINTER(3);
Pointer **extra_data = (Pointer **) PG_GETARG_POINTER(4);
Datum *entries = (Datum *) palloc(sizeof(Datum));
QueryInfo *data = (QueryInfo *) palloc(sizeof(QueryInfo));
bool *ptr_partialmatch;
*nentries = 1;
ptr_partialmatch = *partialmatch = (bool *) palloc(sizeof(bool));
*ptr_partialmatch = false;
if (is_varlena)
datum = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(datum));
data->strategy = strategy;
data->datum = datum;
data->is_varlena = is_varlena;
data->typecmp = typecmp;
*extra_data = (Pointer *) palloc(sizeof(Pointer));
**extra_data = (Pointer) data;
switch (strategy)
{
case BTLessStrategyNumber:
case BTLessEqualStrategyNumber:
entries[0] = leftmostvalue();
*ptr_partialmatch = true;
break;
case BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber:
case BTGreaterStrategyNumber:
*ptr_partialmatch = true;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case BTEqualStrategyNumber:
entries[0] = datum;
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized strategy number: %d", strategy);
}
PG_RETURN_POINTER(entries);
}
/*
* Datum a is a value from extract_query method and for BTLess*
* strategy it is a left-most value. So, use original datum from QueryInfo
* to decide to stop scanning or not. Datum b is always from index.
*/
static Datum
gin_btree_compare_prefix(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo)
{
Datum a = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0);
Datum b = PG_GETARG_DATUM(1);
QueryInfo *data = (QueryInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(3);
int32 res,
cmp;
cmp = DatumGetInt32(CallerFInfoFunctionCall2(data->typecmp,
fcinfo->flinfo,
PG_GET_COLLATION(),
(data->strategy == BTLessStrategyNumber ||
data->strategy == BTLessEqualStrategyNumber)
? data->datum : a,
b));
switch (data->strategy)
{
case BTLessStrategyNumber:
/* If original datum > indexed one then return match */
if (cmp > 0)
res = 0;
else
res = 1;
break;
case BTLessEqualStrategyNumber:
/* The same except equality */
if (cmp >= 0)
res = 0;
else
res = 1;
break;
case BTEqualStrategyNumber:
if (cmp != 0)
res = 1;
else
res = 0;
break;
case BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber:
/* If original datum <= indexed one then return match */
if (cmp <= 0)
res = 0;
else
res = 1;
break;
case BTGreaterStrategyNumber:
/* If original datum <= indexed one then return match */
/* If original datum == indexed one then continue scan */
if (cmp < 0)
res = 0;
else if (cmp == 0)
res = -1;
else
res = 1;
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized strategy number: %d",
data->strategy);
res = 0;
}
PG_RETURN_INT32(res);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(gin_btree_consistent);
Datum
gin_btree_consistent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
bool *recheck = (bool *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(5);
*recheck = false;
PG_RETURN_BOOL(true);
}
/*** GIN_SUPPORT macro defines the datatype specific functions ***/
#define GIN_SUPPORT(type, is_varlena, leftmostvalue, typecmp) \
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(gin_extract_value_##type); \
Datum \
gin_extract_value_##type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) \
{ \
return gin_btree_extract_value(fcinfo, is_varlena); \
} \
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(gin_extract_query_##type); \
Datum \
gin_extract_query_##type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) \
{ \
return gin_btree_extract_query(fcinfo, \
is_varlena, leftmostvalue, typecmp); \
} \
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(gin_compare_prefix_##type); \
Datum \
gin_compare_prefix_##type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) \
{ \
return gin_btree_compare_prefix(fcinfo); \
}
/*** Datatype specifications ***/
static Datum
leftmostvalue_int2(void)
{
return Int16GetDatum(SHRT_MIN);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(int2, false, leftmostvalue_int2, btint2cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_int4(void)
{
return Int32GetDatum(INT_MIN);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(int4, false, leftmostvalue_int4, btint4cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_int8(void)
{
return Int64GetDatum(PG_INT64_MIN);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(int8, false, leftmostvalue_int8, btint8cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_float4(void)
{
return Float4GetDatum(-get_float4_infinity());
}
GIN_SUPPORT(float4, false, leftmostvalue_float4, btfloat4cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_float8(void)
{
return Float8GetDatum(-get_float8_infinity());
}
GIN_SUPPORT(float8, false, leftmostvalue_float8, btfloat8cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_money(void)
{
return Int64GetDatum(PG_INT64_MIN);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(money, false, leftmostvalue_money, cash_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_oid(void)
{
return ObjectIdGetDatum(0);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(oid, false, leftmostvalue_oid, btoidcmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_timestamp(void)
{
return TimestampGetDatum(DT_NOBEGIN);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(timestamp, false, leftmostvalue_timestamp, timestamp_cmp)
GIN_SUPPORT(timestamptz, false, leftmostvalue_timestamp, timestamp_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_time(void)
{
return TimeADTGetDatum(0);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(time, false, leftmostvalue_time, time_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_timetz(void)
{
TimeTzADT *v = palloc(sizeof(TimeTzADT));
v->time = 0;
v->zone = -24 * 3600; /* XXX is that true? */
return TimeTzADTPGetDatum(v);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(timetz, false, leftmostvalue_timetz, timetz_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_date(void)
{
return DateADTGetDatum(DATEVAL_NOBEGIN);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(date, false, leftmostvalue_date, date_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_interval(void)
{
Interval *v = palloc(sizeof(Interval));
v->time = DT_NOBEGIN;
v->day = 0;
v->month = 0;
return IntervalPGetDatum(v);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(interval, false, leftmostvalue_interval, interval_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_macaddr(void)
{
macaddr *v = palloc0(sizeof(macaddr));
return MacaddrPGetDatum(v);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(macaddr, false, leftmostvalue_macaddr, macaddr_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_macaddr8(void)
{
macaddr8 *v = palloc0(sizeof(macaddr8));
return Macaddr8PGetDatum(v);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(macaddr8, false, leftmostvalue_macaddr8, macaddr8_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_inet(void)
{
return DirectFunctionCall1(inet_in, CStringGetDatum("0.0.0.0/0"));
}
GIN_SUPPORT(inet, true, leftmostvalue_inet, network_cmp)
GIN_SUPPORT(cidr, true, leftmostvalue_inet, network_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_text(void)
{
return PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text_with_len("", 0));
}
GIN_SUPPORT(text, true, leftmostvalue_text, bttextcmp)
GIN_SUPPORT(bpchar, true, leftmostvalue_text, bpcharcmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_char(void)
{
return CharGetDatum(0);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(char, false, leftmostvalue_char, btcharcmp)
GIN_SUPPORT(bytea, true, leftmostvalue_text, byteacmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_bit(void)
{
return DirectFunctionCall3(bit_in,
CStringGetDatum(""),
ObjectIdGetDatum(0),
Int32GetDatum(-1));
}
GIN_SUPPORT(bit, true, leftmostvalue_bit, bitcmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_varbit(void)
{
return DirectFunctionCall3(varbit_in,
CStringGetDatum(""),
ObjectIdGetDatum(0),
Int32GetDatum(-1));
}
GIN_SUPPORT(varbit, true, leftmostvalue_varbit, bitcmp)
/*
* Numeric type hasn't a real left-most value, so we use PointerGetDatum(NULL)
* (*not* a SQL NULL) to represent that. We can get away with that because
* the value returned by our leftmostvalue function will never be stored in
* the index nor passed to anything except our compare and prefix-comparison
* functions. The same trick could be used for other pass-by-reference types.
*/
#define NUMERIC_IS_LEFTMOST(x) ((x) == NULL)
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(gin_numeric_cmp);
Datum
gin_numeric_cmp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Numeric a = (Numeric) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
Numeric b = (Numeric) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
int res = 0;
if (NUMERIC_IS_LEFTMOST(a))
{
res = (NUMERIC_IS_LEFTMOST(b)) ? 0 : -1;
}
else if (NUMERIC_IS_LEFTMOST(b))
{
res = 1;
}
else
{
res = DatumGetInt32(DirectFunctionCall2(numeric_cmp,
NumericGetDatum(a),
NumericGetDatum(b)));
}
PG_RETURN_INT32(res);
}
static Datum
leftmostvalue_numeric(void)
{
return PointerGetDatum(NULL);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(numeric, true, leftmostvalue_numeric, gin_numeric_cmp)
/*
* Use a similar trick to that used for numeric for enums, since we don't
* actually know the leftmost value of any enum without knowing the concrete
* type, so we use a dummy leftmost value of InvalidOid.
*
* Note that we use CallerFInfoFunctionCall2 here so that enum_cmp
* gets a valid fn_extra to work with. Unlike most other type comparison
* routines it needs it, so we can't use DirectFunctionCall2.
*/
#define ENUM_IS_LEFTMOST(x) ((x) == InvalidOid)
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(gin_enum_cmp);
Datum
gin_enum_cmp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Oid a = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
Oid b = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
int res = 0;
if (ENUM_IS_LEFTMOST(a))
{
res = (ENUM_IS_LEFTMOST(b)) ? 0 : -1;
}
else if (ENUM_IS_LEFTMOST(b))
{
res = 1;
}
else
{
res = DatumGetInt32(CallerFInfoFunctionCall2(enum_cmp,
fcinfo->flinfo,
PG_GET_COLLATION(),
ObjectIdGetDatum(a),
ObjectIdGetDatum(b)));
}
PG_RETURN_INT32(res);
}
static Datum
leftmostvalue_enum(void)
{
return ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(anyenum, false, leftmostvalue_enum, gin_enum_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_uuid(void)
{
/*
* palloc0 will create the UUID with all zeroes:
* "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
*/
pg_uuid_t *retval = (pg_uuid_t *) palloc0(sizeof(pg_uuid_t));
return UUIDPGetDatum(retval);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(uuid, false, leftmostvalue_uuid, uuid_cmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_name(void)
{
NameData *result = (NameData *) palloc0(NAMEDATALEN);
return NameGetDatum(result);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(name, false, leftmostvalue_name, btnamecmp)
static Datum
leftmostvalue_bool(void)
{
return BoolGetDatum(false);
}
GIN_SUPPORT(bool, false, leftmostvalue_bool, btboolcmp)

6
contrib/btree_gin/btree_gin.control Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
# btree_gin extension
comment = 'support for indexing common datatypes in GIN'
default_version = '1.3'
module_pathname = '$libdir/btree_gin'
relocatable = true
trusted = true

44
contrib/btree_gin/expected/bit.out Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
set enable_seqscan=off;
CREATE TABLE test_bit (
i bit(3)
);
INSERT INTO test_bit VALUES ('001'),('010'),('011'),('100'),('101'),('110');
CREATE INDEX idx_bit ON test_bit USING gin (i);
SELECT * FROM test_bit WHERE i<'100'::bit(3) ORDER BY i;
i
-----
001
010
011
(3 rows)
SELECT * FROM test_bit WHERE i<='100'::bit(3) ORDER BY i;
i
-----
001
010
011
100
(4 rows)
SELECT * FROM test_bit WHERE i='100'::bit(3) ORDER BY i;
i
-----
100
(1 row)
SELECT * FROM test_bit WHERE i>='100'::bit(3) ORDER BY i;
i
-----
100
101
110
(3 rows)
SELECT * FROM test_bit WHERE i>'100'::bit(3) ORDER BY i;
i
-----
101
110
(2 rows)

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More